View
225
Download
0
Category
Tags:
Preview:
DESCRIPTION
IS 1570
Citation preview
© BIS 2003
B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D SMANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978(Reaffirmed 1998)
Edition 2.1(1981-01)
Price Group 4
Indian StandardSCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/ORYIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision )(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)
UDC 669.14.018.295(083.4)
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
© BIS 2003
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Indian Copyright Act (XIV of 1957) andreproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of thepublisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
Indian StandardSCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/ORYIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman Representing
DR G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant),Durgapur
Members
SHRI A. N. BISWAS Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah
SHRI S. K. BASU ( Alternate )
SHRI B. C. BISWAS National Test House, Calcutta
SHRI A. M. BISWAS ( Alternate )
SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate )
SHRI P. K. CHATTERJEE Ministry of Defence (DGI)
SHRI P. K. GANGOPADHYAY ( Alternate )
SHRI K. M. CHAUDHURY National Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR),Jamshedpur
SHRI DASARATHA The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati
SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ ( Alternate )
SHRI S. V. DATAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari
SHRI M. K. GHOSH ( Alternate )
SHRI A. D. DIAS The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay
SHRI M. K. DATTA Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant),Durgapur
SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate )
SHRI S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals(Inspection Wing), New Delhi
SHRI P. K. GYNE ( Alternate )
( Continued on page 2 )
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
2
( Continued from page 1 )Members Representing
JOINT DIRECTOR (MET) RESEARCH DESIGNS AND STANDARDS ORGANIZATION
Ministry of Railways
DEPUTY DIRECTOR (MET-II)RDSO ( Alternate )
SHRI S. R. KHARE Indian Register of Shipping, BombaySHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Alternate )
SHRI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, PuneSHRI S. S. LAKKUNDI ( Alternate )
DR D. P. LAHIRI Ministry of Defence (R & D), New DelhiSHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Alternate )
SHRI K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, RanchiSHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )
SHRI L. MISHRA Director General of Technical Development,New Delhi
SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Alternate )SHRI A. PADMANABHAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, MadrasSHRI I. M. PAI Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane
SHRI B. M. PAI ( Alternate )DR R. V. PATHY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; and Alloy
Steel Producers’ Association of India, BombaySHRI R. NARAYANA ( Alternate )Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay
SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Iron & Steel Control, CalcuttaSHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )
DR V. RAMASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and Steel(SAIL), Ranchi
SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Alternate )SHRI M. RANGASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore
SHRI SANJIT SEN ( Alternate-I )SHRI P. RAMA PRASAD ( Alternate-II )
SHRI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,Jamshedpur
DR S. K. MONDAL ( Alternate )SHRI D. SRINIVASAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta
DR S. K. CHATTERJEE ( Alternate )SHRI Y. C. SUBRAHMANYA Ministry of Defence (DGOF)SHRI K. S. VAIDYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Alternate )SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO,
Director (Struc & Met)Director General, BIS ( Ex-officio Member )
SecretarySHRI VIJAY KUMAR
Assistant Director (Metals), ISISubcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steels
for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5Convener
SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, JamshedpurMembers
SHRI S. K. BASU Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah( Continued on page 15 )
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
3
Indian StandardSCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/ORYIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision )0. F O R E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard (Part I) (First Revision) was adopted by theIndian Standards Institution on 20 November 1978, after the draftfinalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committeehad been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes(IS : 1570-1961) was first published in 1961. On the basis of theexperience gained in the production and use of steels, the SectionalCommittee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts.The other parts of the standard are as follows:*
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with
IS : 1762 (Part I)-1974†. However, for the sake of easyidentification old designations are also given within brackets.
b) Grades St 39, St 44, St 47, St 52, St 58 and St 66 given inIS : 1570-1961 have been deleted as the tensile ranges covered bythese grades are already available in grades St 37, St 42, St 50,St 55 and St 63. A new grade St 70 has been added to cover thevalues of tensile between St 63 and St 78.
Part II Carbon steels
Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cuttingsteels
Part IV Alloy steels (excluding stainless andheat-resisting steels)
Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*
Part VI Tool steels
*Already published as IS : 1570 (Part V)-1972.†Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
4
c) Each grade of steel has been sub-divided into two sub-grades, onewith a low yield to tensile ratio and the other with a high yield totensile ratio. These ratios have been fixed after consulting therelevant Indian Standards and ISO Recommendations.
0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus.These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standardranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designatingsteel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel makingpractice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix A forinformation.
0.5 Although both yield and tensile values have been specified inTable 1, the yield value should be ignored if the specification is evolvedon the basis of tensile strength. Similarly the tensile strength shouldbe ignored if the specification is based on yield stress.
0.6 This edition 2.1 incorporates Amendment No. 1 (January 1981).Side bar indicates modification of the text as the result ofincorporation of the amendment.
0.7 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement ofthis standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated,expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off inaccordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant placesretained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of thespecified value in this standard.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This schedule (Part I) is applicable to carbon and low alloy steelswhich are put into service in the hot-rolled, normalized or annealedcondition in the form of plates, sections, bars, forgings and tubes, whenthe main criterion in the selection and inspection of the steel is eitherthe tensile strength or the yield stress which is used as a basis fordesign. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.
2. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE SCHEDULE
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existingstandards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The
*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ).
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
5
specification of mechanical properties different from those given inthis schedule should not be made unless special conditions of servicerender this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposeddeparture from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submittedto the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19,and its approval obtained.
2.2 In the case of steels belonging to this schedule it is not usual tospecify a detailed chemical composition, but the quality of the materialis controlled, where necessary, by specifying the maximum permissiblepercentage of sulphur and phosphorus. Since different levels ofsulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of theconditions in service, limits for these elements are not included in theschedule, but should be specified in a specification at levelsappropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service,etc. Where necessary, the type of steel, for example, killed, semi-killed,etc, should be included in the standard. In the case of killed andsemi-killed variety of steel, it would be necessary to specify the siliconcontent.
2.3 Where special factors, such as weldability, are involved, it may bedesirable to include a maximum limit on the carbon content in thespecification. In some structural steels, copper content is found to bebeneficial for increasing resistance to corrosion and, in such cases, thisshould be specified in the standard.
2.4 In addition to the tensile and yield stress, values for the specifiedminimum percentage elongation, corresponding to the standard tensileranges, are given in Table 1. These elongation values are based on agauge length of 5.65 which is now internationally accepted. If test
pieces of other than 5.65 gauge length are used, elongationconversions may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974*. For tensile tests ontubes, the specified percentage elongation should be based on theformula of 950 divided by the actual tensile strength when using agauge length equivalent to 5.65 or of 1 100 divided by the actual
tensile strength in kgf/mm2 when using a gauge length equivalent to4 .
*Method for elongation conversions for steel ( first revision ).
A
A
A
A
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
6
TABLE 1 TENSILE AND YIELD PROPERTIES OF STANDARD STEELS
( Clauses 0.5 and 2.4 )
NEW DESIGNATION [See IS : 1762
(PART I)- 1974*]
OLD DESIGNATION
TENSILE STRENGTH,
Min
YIELD STRESS,
Min
ELONGATION PERCENT,
Min (GAUGE LENGTH 5.65 )
REFERENCE TO INDIAN STANDARD‡
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
N/mm2† N/mm2†
Fe 290 (St 30) 290 170 27 —FeE 220 — 290 220 27 —Fe 310 (St 32) 310 180 26 IS : 432, IS : 1977,
IS : 1978, IS : 2831, IS : 6915
FeE 230 — 310 230 26 —Fe 330 (St 34) 330 200 26 IS : 1079, IS : 5986FeE 250 — 330 250 26 —Fe 360 (St 37) 360 220 25 IS : 1979, IS : 3503,
IS : 5272, IS : 5986FeE 270 — 360 270 25 —Fe 410 (St 42) 410 250 23 IS : 226, IS : 432,
IS : 1079, IS : 1148, IS : 1977, IS : 2062, IS : 2100, IS : 2830, IS : 2831, IS : 3039, IS : 3503, IS : 5986, IS : 6914, IS : 6915
FeE 310 — 410 310 23 —Fe 490 (St 50) 490 290 21 IS : 1079, IS : 3503,
IS : 8500FeE 370 — 490 370 21 —Fe 540 (St 55) 540 320 20 IS : 432, IS : 961,
IS : 8500FeE 400 — 540 400 20 —Fe 620 (St 63) 620 380 15 —FeE 460 — 620 460 15 —Fe 690 (St 70) 690 410 12 —FeE 520 — 690 520 12 —Fe 770 (St 78) 770 460 10 —FeE 580 — 770 580 10 —Fe 870 (St 88) 870 520 8 —FeE 650 — 870 650 8 —
*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).†1 kgf/mm2 = 9.81 N/mm2.‡See Appendix B for titles.
A
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
7
A P P E N D I X A( Clause 0.4 )
NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEELS
A-0. GENERAL
A-0.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft ISOproposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘Steel’ for formulation of aninternational standard. Details of the new designation system aregiven in IS : 1762 (Part I)-1974*.
A-1. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
A-1.1 These steels are carbon and low alloy steels where the maincriterion in the selection and inspection of steel is the tensile strengthor yield stress. In such cases, provided the specified mechanicalproperties are attained it is not usual to specify a detailed chemicalcomposition but the quality of the material is designated, wherenecessary, by specifying certain quality levels. Steels listed in thisSchedule, Part I fall in this category.
The designation of these steels consists of the following in the ordergiven:
a) Symbol ‘Fe’ or ‘FeE’ depending on whether the steel has beenspecified on the basis of minimum tensile strength or yieldstrength.
b) Figure indicating the minimum tensile strength or yield stress inN/mm2. If no minimum tensile strength or yield stress isguaranteed, the figure shall be 00.
c) Chemical symbols for elements the presence of whichcharacterize the steel.
d) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as follows:
1) Method of Deoxidation — Depending upon, whether the steel iskilled, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols
*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols ( first revision ).
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
8
shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:
NOTE — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of semi-killed type.
2) Steel Quality — The following symbols shall be used to indicatesteel quality:
Q1 — Non-ageing quality,
Q2 — Freedom from flakes,
Q3 — Grain size controlled,
Q4 — Inclusion controlled, and
Q5 — Internal homogeneity guaranteed.
3) Degree of Purity — The sulphur and phosphorus levels (ladleanalysis) shall be expressed as follows:
The above symbols use the letter ‘P’ followed by 1 000 times themaximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case themaximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same,the following procedure shall be followed:
Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:*
i) R for rimming steel; andii) K for killed steel.
Symbol Maximum Content in Percent
Phosphorus SulphurP25 0.025 0.025P35 0.035 0.035P50 0.050 0.050P70 0.070 0.070No symbol will mean
0.055 0.055
i) 1 000 times the maximum sulphur rounded off* to thenearest integer.
ii) 1 000 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to thenearest integer.
*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960 ‘Rules forrounding off numerical values ( revised ).
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
9
Example:
Designation: SP 44
4) Weldability Guarantee — Guaranteed weldability of steel asdetermined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser andthe supplier shall be indicated by the following symbols:
5) Resistance to Brittle Fracture — Symbol ‘B’, ‘B0’, ‘B2’ or ‘B4’indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of theV-notch Charpy impact test.
For steels B, B0, B2 and B4 a test should be made with CharpyV-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with thenotch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.
Steels B, B0, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notchCharpy impact value according to the following table:
Maximum sulphur = 0.045 percentMaximum phosphorus = 0.035 percent
W = Fusion weldable, andW1 = Weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable.
Steels Specified UTS Range
370 to 520 N/mm2 500 to 700 N/mm2
Energy Temperature Energy Temperature(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
J °C J °CB 28 27 40 27B0 28 0 28 – 10
40 0B2 28 – 20 28 – 30
40 – 20B4 28 – 40 28 – 50
40 – 40
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
10
6) Surface Condition — The following symbols shall be used toindicate surface condition:
S1 — Deseamed or scarfed;
S2 — Descaled;
S3 — Pickled (including washing and neutralizing);
S4 — Shot, grit or sand blasted;
S5 — Peeled (skinned);
S6 — Bright drawn or cold-rolled; and
S7 — Ground.Notes — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled oras-forged condition.
7) Formability ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) — The following symbolsshall be used to indicate drawability:
D1 — Drawing quality,
D2 — Deep drawing quality, and
D3 — Extra deep drawing quality.NOTE — If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is commercial quality.
8) Surface Finish ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) — The followingsymbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:
F1 — General purpose finish,
F2 — Full finish,
F3 — Exposed,
F4 — Unexposed,
F5 — Matt finish,
F6 — Bright finish,
F7 — Plating finish,
F8 — Unpolished finish,
F9 — Polished finish,
F10 — Polished and coloured blue,
F11 — Polished and coloured yellow,
F12 — Mirror finish,
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
11
9) Treatment — The following symbols shall be used to indicate thetreatment given to the steel:*
NOTE — If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.
10) Elevated Temperature Properties — For guarantee with regardto elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘H’ shall be used.However, in the designation only the room temperatureproperties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shallbe intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufacturer.
11) Cryogenic Quality — For guarantee with regard to lowtemperature properties, the letter ‘L’ shall be used. However, onlythe room temperature properties shall be indicated in thedesignation.
Examples:
F13 — Vitreous enamel finish, and
F14 — Direct annealed finish.
T1 — Shot-peened,T2 — Hard-drawn,T3 — Normalized*,T4 — Controlled rolled,T5 — Annealed,T6 — Patented,T7 — Solution-treated,T8 — Solution-treated and aged,T9 — Controlled cooled,T10 — Bright annealed,T11 — Spherodized,T12 — Stress-relieved,T13 — Case-hardened*, andT14 — Hardened and tempered.
*Includes tempering, if done.
Fe 410 Cu K — Killed steel containing copper as alloying elementwith a minimum tensile strength of 410 N/mm2
FeE 300 P 35— Semi-killed steel with a minimum yield strengthof 300 N/mm2 and degree of purity as follows:
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
12
A P P E N D I X B
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED INCOLUMN 6 OF TABLE 1
S & P = 0.035 Max
Fe 470W — Steel with a minimum tensile strength of470 N/mm2 and of guaranteed fusion weldingquality
FeE 550 S6 — Bright drawn or cold rolled steel with a minimumyield strength of 550 N/mm2
Fe 00R — Rimming quality steel with no guarantee ofminimum tensile or yield strength
FeE 590 F7 — Sheet steel of plating finish and minimum yieldstrength of 590 N/mm2
Fe 510 Ba — Steel in annealed condition with a minimumtensile strength of 510 N/mm2 and resistance tobrittle fracture = B
Fe 710 H — Steel with guaranteed elevated temperatureproperties and a minimum room temperaturetensile strength of 710 N/mm2
Fe 410 Q1 — Semi-killed non-ageing quality steel with S &P = 0.055 Max and minimum tensile= 410 N/mm2
Fe 600 T4 — Semi-killed steel in controlled rolled conditionwith a minimum tensile strength of 600 N/mm2
Fe 520 L — Cryogenic quality steel with a minimum roomtemperature tensile strength of 520 N/mm2
Sl No. Title
1. IS : 226-1975 Specification for structural steel (standardquality) ( fifth revision )
2. IS : 432 (Part I)- 1966
Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars andhard drawn steel wire for concretereinforcement : Part I Mild steel and mediumtensile steel bars ( second revision )
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
13
3. IS : 432 ( Part II )- 1966
Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars andhard drawn steel wire for concretereinforcement : Part II Hard drawn steel wire( second revision )
4. IS : 961-1975 Specification for structural steel (high tensile)( second revision )
5. IS : 1079-1973 Specification for hot rolled carbon steel sheetand strip ( third revision )
6. IS : 1148-1973 Specification for rivet bars up to 40 mm forstructural purposes ( second revision )
7. IS : 1977-1975 Specification for structural steel (ordinaryquality) ( second revision )
8. IS : 1978-1971 Specification for line pipe ( first revision )
9. IS : 1979-1971 Specification for high test line pipe ( firstrevision )
10. IS : 2062-1969 Specification for structural steel (fusionwelding quality) ( first revision )
11. IS : 2100-1970 Specification for steel billets, bars and sectionsfor boilers ( first revision )
12. IS : 2830-1975 Specification for carbon steel billets, bloomsand slabs for re-rolling into structural steel(standard quality) ( first revision )
13. IS : 2831-1975 Specification for carbon steel billets, bloomsand slabs for re-rolling into structural steel(ordinary quality) ( first revision )
14. IS : 3039-1965 Specification for structural steel (shipbuildingquality)
15. IS : 3503-1966 Specification for steel for marine boilers,pressure vessels and welded machinerystructures
16. IS : 5272-1969 Carbon steel sheets for integral coaches
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
14
17. IS : 5986-1970 Hot rolled steel plates and flats for coldforming and flanging operations for automobileand general purposes
18. IS : 6914-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling intostructural steel (standard quality)
19. IS : 6915-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling intostructural steel (ordinary quality)
20. IS : 8500-1977 Specification for weldable structural steel(medium and high strength quality)
IS : 1570 (Part I) - 1978
15
( Continued from page 2 )*
Members RepresentingSHRI P. K. CHATTERJEE Ministry of Defence (DGI)
SHRI M. K. SEN ( Alternate )SHRI M. K. DUTTA Alloy Steels Plant, Durgapur
SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate )JOINT DIRECTOR (MET) RESEARCH
DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORGANIZATION
Ministry of Railways
ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (MS) ( Alternate )DR N. KONDAL RAO Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay
SHRI K. BALARAMAMOORTHY ( Alternate )DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, RanchiDR R. V. PATHY* Alloy Steels Producers Association of India, BombaySHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Iron & Steel Control, CalcuttaSHRI R. C. PRASAD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )SHRI A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,
BombaySHRI A. R. V. SUBRAMANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, KhopoliDR G. VENKATARAMAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli
*Dr R. V. Pathy is also alternate to Shri A. R. V. Subramanian of Mahindra UgineSteel Co Ltd, Khopoli.
Bureau of Indian StandardsBIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promoteharmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification ofgoods and attending to connected matters in the country.
CopyrightBIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in anyform without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the courseof implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or gradedesignations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian StandardsAmendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are alsoreviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicatesthat no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up forrevision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latestamendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : MonthlyAdditions’.This Indian Standard has been developed by Technical Committee : SMDC 19
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of IssueAmd. No. 1 January 1981
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDSHeadquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002.Telephones: 323 01 31, 323 33 75, 323 94 02
Telegrams: Manaksanstha(Common to all offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar MargNEW DELHI 110002
323 76 17323 38 41
Eastern : 1/14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, KankurgachiKOLKATA 700054
337 84 99, 337 85 61337 86 26, 337 91 20
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 4360 20 25
Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 02 16, 235 04 42235 15 19, 235 23 15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95, 832 78 58832 78 91, 832 78 92
Branches : AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE.FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW.NAGPUR. NALAGARH. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.VISHAKHAPATNAM
IS:1570(PartI) - 1978 ( Reaffirmed 1993 >
hdian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/OR YIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision ) _
J%utih Reprint MARCH 1998
UDC 669.&4.018.295(083.4)
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MAR0
NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 4 ~unuary 1980
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIED BY TENSILE AND/OR YIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels-Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
DR G. MUKHERJEX
Mlmrbsrc
Ste~l~A;;t~;~rty of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), ”
SHRI A. N. BIEWAS Guest, Keen, Williamr Ltd, Howrah SRRI S. K. Baeu ( Alfsmals )
SERI B. C. B~swre National Test House, Calcutta Snax A. M. Brsw~s ( Aikmak )
SHRI P. K. CHAI~RAVARTY The Tata Iron St Steel Co Ltd, Jamsbedpur DR T. MUKEERJEP ( Altmwte )
SFIRI P. K. &XMl’?!RJEE Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SERI P. K. GANOOPAD~ XAY ( Alkrnak )
SHRI K. M. CHAUDHURY National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ),
Ssmr DASARATHA Jamshedpur
The Visvesvanya Iron & Steel Ltd.‘Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BM~VARAJ ( Altnnsfr )
SHU S. V. DATAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navaari SERI M. K. GHOEIH ( Alturrets)
SMIU A. D. D~lu The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay SHIU M. K. DATTA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steelr Hatit),
Durnapur SHRI R. C. Jrr~ ( &kmak )
I 1
Smu S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies and Dirposalr ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SHRIP.K.GYNJE(AU~~&)
( CWinwd.ew bwo 2 )
Q @might 1980 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This pabliution is p
mda the Idim’th~~~ Ad (XIV of 1957) and reproductioninwho ormpartby~ym~~ceptwithwrittcnpumirdonofthe p&R&a shall be deemed to be an ini%ngauent of copyright unda the said Act.
-.
LS : 1570 ( Part I ) - i978
JOINT DIRECXOR ( MET ) RE~EARCX DIEICW8 AND STANDARDS ORWNIZATION
DEPUTY DIRECTOR ( Mm-11 ) RDSO ( Altanak )
SXRI S. R. KHARE SHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Al&mot@ )
!&RI R. S. KOTHAWALE SHRI S. S. LAXKUNDI ( Alternate)
Dn D. P. LAHIRI SHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altmatr )
SXRI K. N. MEHRA SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alkmatr )
SHRI L. MISHRA
W-2 Minbtry of Railways
Indian Regiatcr of Shipping, Bombay
Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune
Minirtry of Defence ( R & D), New Delhi
Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
Dire;;; DFzeral of Technical Development,
SHRI A. PADMANABXAN- _ SRRI I. M. Plu
&iRI B. M. PN (AhTnot0) Dn R.,V. PATHY
SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Afcrnalr ) Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane
SARI R. NARAYANA ( Ahmab) Smx M. K. PRAMAMK
SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Albmb) DR V. RAMASWAMY
Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; orl Alloy Steel Producers ’ Association of India, Bombay
Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta
Research & Development Ccntre for Irbn and Steel ( SAIL ), Ranchi
&RI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Albmb ) Sam M. RAN~AEWAI Hindustan Machine Toola Ltd, Bangalore
SHRl SANJIT SEN ( AhWtU-I) SHRI P. RA&A PRAIJAD ( Afbfstlb-11 )
Sxm A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd, Tamahedaur
DRS.K.MONDAL(A&W~) urn_ mmcm SHar D. SRINWAEIAN Steel Furnace Auociation of Iddia. Calcutta
DR S. K. CHATTBRJEB ( Altmutr ) Smtr Y. C. SW~RAHMIUWA M&try of Dcfence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VAI~YANATHAN M. N. Dartur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Albmab ) SHRI C. R. RAYA RAO,
Director ( St& & Met) Director General, BIS (ZZx-q#kio Mmbr )
Sumtary SHRI VIJAY KUUAB
Assistant Director ( Metal1 ), I41
Subcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought &eels
for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5 CmlDauT
Smu P. K. CXAXRAVARTY ,The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, JauuJkdgur Mmbm
Smu S. K. BMU Guest, Keen, William Ltd, Howrah (cm&.nwdm&#~ 15
2
Isr1570(P8rtI),-1978
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPEClFlED BY TENSILE AND/OR
YIELD PROPERTIES
( First Revision)
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Tndian Standard ( Part I ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 20 November 1978, after the draft finalixed by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570.1961) was first published in 196 1. On the basis nf the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it In parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:
Part II Carbon steels
Part III
Part IV
Part V
Part VI
Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels
Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat- resisting steels )
Srainless and heat-resisting steels*
Tool steels
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance witk IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of easy identi-
.fication old designations are also given within brackets.
*Already published aa IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. $&de foa designation of nteclr: Part I Bared on letter symbolr (fist n&ion ).
3
IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
b)
4
Grades St 39, St 44, St 47, St 52, St 58 and St 66 given in IS : 1570-1961 have been deleted as the tensile ranges covered by these grades are already available in grades St 37, St 42, St 50, St 55 and St 63. A new grade St 70 has been added. to cover the values of tensile between St 63 and St 78.
Each grade of steel has been sub-divided into two sub-grades, one with &low yield to tensile ratio and the other with a high yield to tensile ratio. These ratios have been Sxed after consulting the relevant Indian Standards and IS0 Recommendations.
0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosPhorus and the method for designating steel accord- ing to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix A for information.
0.5 Although both yield and tensile values have been specified inTable l_, the yield value should be ignored if the specification is evolved on the basrs of tensile strength. Similarly the tensile strength should be ignored if the specification is based on yield stress.
0.6 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, ex@s- sing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in f&e rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This schedule ( Part 1 ) is applicable to carbon and low alloy steels which are put into service in the hot-rolled, normalized or annealed condition in the form of plates, sections, bars, forgings and tubes, when the main criterion in the selection and inspection of the steel is either the tensile strength or the yield stress which is used as. a basis for &sign. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.
2. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF THE SCI-JEDm
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of .~ .____
*Rules for rounding off numerical valua ( raked ).
4
IS I 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
mechanical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service fender this ‘esseritial. rh that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels
$s’pecified :in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels a$ ,special steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.
.2.2 In the case of steels belonging to this schedule it is not usual to specify a detailed chemical composition, but the quality of the material is controlled, where necessary, by specifying the maximum permissible percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are reqvired according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are not included in the ,schedule, but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, e:c. Where necessary, the type of
.steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. In the case of killed and semi-killed variety of steel, it would be necessary to specify the silicon content.
2.3 Where special r:ictors, such as weldability, are involved, it may be desirable to include a maximum limit on the carbon content in the specification. In some .structural steels, copper content is found to be beneficial for increasing resistaxze to corrosion and, in such cases, this should be specified in the standard.
2.4 In addition to the tensile and yield stress, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation,
are given in Table 1. corresponding to the standard tensile
ranges, Thise elongation values are based on a gauge length of 5*65d/~ which is now int&nationally accepted. If test
pieces of other than 5.6542 gauge length are used, elongation conver-
sions may be obtained from IS : X803-1974*. For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should be based on the for?mla of 950 divided by the actual tensile strength when using a gauge len@b ‘equivalent to 5.65 d/AOr of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile ;trengt&“in kgf/mm’ when using a gauge length equivalent to 4d2.
IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
TABLE 1 TENSILE AND YIELD PROPERTIES OF STANDARD STEELS
( Clauses 0.5 and 2.4 )
NEW DIBXGNA-
TION
IS [I%2 (&I)-
1974. -J
(1)
OLD DESXGNA-
noN
TENSILE STRENGTH
ELONOA- non
PERCENT, Min
( GAUOE LBNQTH
5.65t/A)
Fe 290 FeE 220 Fe 310
(2)
(StSO) -
( St 52 )
(3) (4) (5) N/m’t N/mm’t
290 170 27 290 220 27 310 180 26
FeE 230 Fe 330 FeE 250 Fe 560
(StS4-)
(Sts7)
310 sso 330 360
FeE 270 Fe 410 ( St 42 )
360 410
230 26 200 26 250 26 220 25
270 25 250 23
FeP 310 Fe 490 (St50)
410
490
310 2s 290 21
FeE 310 - 490 370 21 Fe 540 ( St 55 ) 540 320 20
FcE 400 Fe 620 FeE 460 Fe 690 FeE 520 Fe 770 FeE 580 Fe a70 FeE 650
-
(St 63) -
(St70)
( St 78 )
(St88)
540 400 20 620 380 15 620 460 15 690 410 12 690 520 12 770 460 10 770 580 10 870 520 a 870 650 8
0%
IS : 432, IS : 1977, IS : 1978, IS : 2831, IS : 6915
- IS : 1079, IS : 5986
- IS : 1979, IS : 3503, IS : 5272, IS : 5986
-
IS : 226, IS : 432, I$ : 1079. IS : 1148, IS : 1977, IS : 2062, IS : 2 100, IS : 2830, IS : 2831, IS : 3039, IS : 3503, IS : 5986, IS : 6914, IS : 6915
IS : 1079, IS : 3503, IS : 8500
Zi : 432, IS: 961, IS : 8500
- -
*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols (firrt r&s& ). 71 kgf/mu+ - 9.81 N/mm*. $Su Appendix B for titlca.
6
IS t 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
APPENDIX A
( Clause 0.4)
NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEGLS
Ab, GENERAL
A-0.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974*.
A-l. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Ae1.1 These steels are carbon and low alloy steels where the main criterion in the selection and inspection of steel is the tensile strength or yield stress. In such cases, provided the specified mechanical properties are attained it is not usual to specify a detailed chemical composition but the quality of the material is designated, tihere necessary, by specifying certain quality levels. Steels listed in this Schedule, Part I fall in this categoq.
The designation of these steels consists of the following in the order given:
a) Symbol ‘ Fe ’ or ‘ FeE ’ depending on whether the steel has been specified on the basis of mini;um tensile strength or yield strength.
b)
4
4
Figure indicating the minimum tensile strength or yield stress in N/mm%. If no minimum tensile strength or yield stress is guaranteed, the figure shall be 00.
Chemical symbols for elements the presence of which characterize the steel.
Hl~~ssary, symbols indicating special characteristics as :
1) A&hod of Dtoxidation - Depending upon, whether the steel
*tide for deaighation of 8teek part 1 Bard on letter symbola (jh# f&k).
7
IS : 1578 ( Pant I .) - I!#/8
is kiiled, semi-killed or riniming variety, the following symbol, shall bt used to iiidicate the steel making practice:
E) R for rimming steel; and
ii) K for killed steel.
NOTE - If no symbol ia used, it shall mean that the steel is of xmi-killed type.
2) Steel QualiQ - The follow&g symbols shall be used to indicate steel quality:
Ql - Non-ageing quality,
Q2 - Freedom from flakes,
Q3 - Grain size controlled,
Q4 - Inclusion controlled, and
Q5 - Internal homogeneity guaranteed.
3) Degree~,of Purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be,expressed as follows:
Sjhbol
?25 P35 P50 q70 No symbol
will mean
Maximum Content in Peruen: ---__--_-A. ----_- Phosphorus Sulph&-
0.025 0.025, 0.035, 0.035 0*050 PO50 0*070 0.070 0.055 Cl.055
The above symbols use the letter ‘ P.’ follbwcd by 1060 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum codtents of sulphur abd pliosphorus tie not same, the followin& procedure shall be folJowedz
Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:
i), 100 times the ,maximum rdpltur rounded oiZ* ts the nearest Jnteg&:
l Roundiag off ahall be. don& according to the rula given in IS: 2.19fj(1( Ruler for rounding off numcric81 valua (ra&rg ‘.
8
Is: l!HO(Part I)-1978
ii) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to the
(1)
B: Bo
B2
B4
4)
5)
nearest integer.
Exam&
Maximum sulphur = 8045 perccnr Maximum phosphorus - 0035 percent
Designation: SP 44
Welakbili~ Guarantee - Guaranteed wcldability of steel as determined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser arm the supplier sliall’be indiclttd by de fbllowing symbolsz
W - Fusion weldable, and Wr = W&able by resistance welding but not fusion
CeIdable.
&sistaaca to Brittle Fracture - Symbol g B ‘? ‘ BO *, ‘ B2 ’ or “B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittke ‘fracture based on the results of the V-notch Cbarpy impact test.
For steels B,,BO, B2 a,nd B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch ipecrmens, taken ‘in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of thd plate or product.
Steels B, BO, B2 -and ,B4 are characterized by an average ya;;tch Charpy nnpact value accordmg to the following
: Sjncijed k UTS Raaga
r- ~_.A-._-&.,_’
370 to 520 N/mm* .
500 to 700 N/mm* y-+--- r-- -A--y
Energy Tempg Energy Tempc- rature rature
C2) <5) (4)
j (5)
l C J ‘C !2a 2? 40 27 28 0 28 - 10
48 0 28 - 20 28 - 30
40 -20 28 -40 28 - 5.0
48 -40
*Rounding 08 &all be done according to the rulea given in IS : 24960 4 R&J for rounding off numcri~ vhca ( raiwd) ‘.
9
XS : 1570 ( Part X ) - 1978
6) Surface Condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:
Sl - &seamed or scarfed;
S2 7 Descaled;
S3 - Pickled ( including washing and neutralizing );
s4 - Shot, grit or sand blasted;
S5 - Peeled ( skinned ) ;
S6 - Bright drawn or cold-rolled; and
S7 - Ground.
Noms -If na symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in u-rolled of ar-forged condition.
7) Formability ( A@ZicubZe to Sheet Only ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:
Dl - Drawing quality,
D2 - Deep drawing quality, and
D3 - Extra deep drawing quality.
NOTE- If no symbol k used, it &all mean that the rteel is commercial quality.
8) Surfme Finish ( Applicable to Sheet Only ) -c The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:
Fl - General purpose finish,
F2 - Full finish,
F3 - Exposed,
F4 --.Unexposed,
F5 - Matt finish,.
F6 - Bright finish,
F7 - Plating finish,
F8 - Unpolished finish,
F9 - Polished finish,
FIO - Polished and coloured blue,
F.!J - Polished and coloured yellow,
F12 - Mirrot finish,
10
IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
F13 - Vitreous enamel finish, and
Fl4 - Direct annealed finish.
9) Ifeatmsnt - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel:
Tl - Shot-peened,
T2 - Hard-drawn, T3 - Normalized*,
T4 - Controlled rolled,
r5 - Annealed,
T6 - Patented,
T7 - Solution-treated,
T8 - Solution-treated and aged,
T9 - Controlled cooled, T 10 - Bright annealed,
Tll - Spherodized,
T12 - Stress-relieved,
T13 - Case-hardened*, and
T14 - Hardened and tempered.
NOTE- If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.
10)
11)
Elevated Temperature Properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However, in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manu- facturer.
Cryogenic f&lity - For guarantee with regard to low tempera- ture properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall be used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designation.
Fe 410 Cu K -- Killed steel containing copper as alloying element with a minimum tensile strength of 410 X/mm*
FeE 300 P 35 - Semi-killed steel with a’ minimum yield strength
*Includes tempering, if done.
11
IS: 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
of 300 N/mm* and degree of purity as follows:
S & P = 0.035 Max
Fe 470 w -Steel with a minimum tensile strength of 470 N/mm* and of guaranteed fusion welding quality
FeE 550 S6 -Bright drau\ln or cold rolled steel with .a minimum yield strength of 550 .N,/mm*
Fe OOR - Rimming quality steel with, no, guarantee of x minimum tensile or yield strength
FeE 590 F7 _- Sheet steel of plating finish and, minimum yield strengtb of 590 N/mm*
Fe 516 Ba- --Steel in anne led condition with a, minimum tensile $rengt ff; of 510 N/mm* and resistance to brittle,fracture = B
Fe 710 H - Steel with guaranteed elevated temperature properties and a minimum room temperature tensile strength of 7 10 N/mm*
Fe 410 Ql - Semi-killed non-ageing quality steel with $ & P = 0.055 MUX and nnnimum tensile = 410 N/mm*
Fe 600 T4 - Semi-killed steel in controlled rolled condition with a minimum tensile strength of 600 N/mm*
Fe 520 L -Cryogenic quality steel with a, minimum room temperature tensile strength of’ 520 N/mm*
APPENDIX B
LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS REFERRED IN COLUMN 6 OF TABLE 1
si No.
1. IS : 226-1975
2. LSi32 (Part I )-
Title
Specification for structural steel (standard quality ) (Jfi rcqinbn)
Mild steel and medium. tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel .wire for concrete reinforce- ment : Part I Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars ( second ration )
12
IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978
3. IS : 432 ( Part II )- Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and 1966 hard drawn steel wire for concrete reinforce-
ment : Part II Hard drawn steel wire ( ~qcond r&ion )
t. IS : 961-1975
5. IS : 1079-1973
6. IS : 1148-1973
7. IS: 1977-1975
8. IS: 1978-1971
9. IS: 1979-1971
10. IS : 2062-1969
11. IS: 2100-1970
12. IS : 2830-1975
13. IS : 2831-1975
14. IS : 3039-1965
15. IS : 3503-1966
16. IS : 5272-1969
Specification for structural steel ( high tensile ) ( seco?Uf rmirion )
Specification for hot rolled carbon steel sheet and strip ( third rmision )
Specification for rivet bars up to 40 mm for structural purposes ( second revision )
Specification for structural steel (ordinary quality ) ( stcon4f rcuision )
Specification for line pipe ( j%Jt revision )
Specification for high test line pipe (jirst revision )
Specification f&r structural steel ( fusion weld- ing quality ) (first revision )
Specification for steel billets, bars and sections for boilers (first revision)
Specification for carbon steel billets, blooms and slabs for re-rolling into structural steel ( standard quality ) (jfrst n&ion )
Specification for carbon steel billets, blooms and slabs for re-rolling into structural steel ( ordinary quality ) (Jirst rsvkion )
Specification for structural steel (shipbuilding quality )
Specification for steel for marine boilers, pressure vessels and welded machinery structures
Carbon steel sheets for integral coaches
13
lsrl570(PartI)-1970
17. IS : 5986 1970 Hot rolled steel plates and flats for cold forming and flanging operations for automobile and general purposes
18. IS : 69141973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling into structural steel ( standard quality)
19. IS : 6915-1973 Carbon steel cast billet ingots for rolling into structural rteel ( ordinary quality )
20. IS : 8500-1977 Specification for weldable structural steel ( medium and high strength qualit) )
14
IS: 1570 (Pad I)- 1979
SERIM.K.SU(A~~OWU) Ministry of Defence ( DC1 )
SIRZ M. K. DUTTA Salu R. C. JEIA (A&me&)
Alloy St&r Plaut, Dufg8pur
JOINT DXRMXOR(MET) RMULUCH Dxma~a & STANDARD8 OROANIZA-
Minittry of Railway
TXOlt Aenrr~~ D~RBCIQR ( I&) ( Al&m& )
DR N. KO~DAL RAO Bhabha Atomic Reacarch Centre, Trbmbay SHII K. BALAMMAMCMYRTFIY ( Allrnok )
Du N. MOHAN DR R. V. PATI&
Bihar Alloy St& Ltd, Ranchi Alloy StceL Producas Aarocirtion of India,
SHIX M. K. PMMANIK . Smr R. C. PRMAIJ
SHII D. K. DAB (Al&ma&) SEW A. K. ROY
PERI A. R. V. SUBRAUANIAN DR G. V~MKAT~
hornbay Iron & steel control, Calcutt8 Heavy &2ghletring cornoration Ltd, Ranchi
Associition of Indian Automobile Manufacturen, Bombay
Mahindra. Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Kho li Bhrat Heavy Ekctricals Ltd, Tii cEhinpp8lli
l Dr R. V. Path is also alternate to Shri A. R. V. &bramdan u@W hel Go Ltd, khopoti.
ofliui8dm
.15
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 3375,323 9402 Fax : 91 11 3234062,91 11 3239399, 91 11 3239382
Central Laboratory :
Plot No. 20/9, Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, Sahibabad 201010
Regional OWices:
Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to all Offices)
Telephone
‘3-77 00 32
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 32376 17
*Eastern : l/14 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 62
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 23523 15
IWestern : Manakalaya, E9, Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093
Branch Offices::
‘Pushpak’, Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001
$Peenya Industrial Area, 1st Stage, Bangalore-Tumkur Road, BANGALORE 560058
5501348
839 49 55
Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21
Plot No. 82-63, Unit VI, Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27
Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, COIMBATORE 641037 21 01 41
Plot No. 43, Sector 16 A, Mathura Road, FARIDABAD 121001 8-28 88 01
Savitri Complex, 116 G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 1996
53/5 Ward No.29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 541137
58-56C, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 201083
E-52, Chitaranjan Marg, C-Scheme, JAIPUR 302001 37 29 25
1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005 21 68 76
Seth Bhawan, 2nd Floor, Behind Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 2389 23 LUCKNOW 226001
NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010 52 51 71
Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 26 23 05
Institution of Engineers (India) Building 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005 32 36 35
T.C. No. 14/l 421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM 695034 621 17
*Sales Cffice is at 5 Chowringhge Approach, P.O. Princep Street, 271085 CALCUTTA 700072
tSales Cffice is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007
*Sales Cffice is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002
309 65 28
222 39 71
Printed at Printogaph, New Delhi, Ph : 5726847
AMENDMENT NO. 1 JANUARY 1981
TO
IS : 1570 ( Part I ) - 1978 SCI-XEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I STEELS SPECIFIER BY TENSILE AND/OR ViELO PROPERTIES
( First Revision )
Corrigenda
( Page 6, Table 1, heading of co/ 3 ) -. Substitute ‘TENSILE S’mENQT~, Mn’for ~TENBILESTBENGTB'.
I Page 8, clause A-L1 (d)(3)(i), line 1 ‘J - Substitute ‘ I 000 tids ’ for ’ 100 times ‘.
fo, I J.$ye~,clawe AL1.1 (d)(S)(ii), lint 1 ] - Substitute ( 1 000 times ’ .
IS : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART It CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)
( First Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman Repmenling
Ds G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur
Members
Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHEI A. N. BISWAS S~lrr S. K. Basn ( Alfentate )
SHIZI B. C. BISWAS SHRI A. M. BISWAS (A&em& )
SHBI P. K. CEIAKRAVARTY DR T. MUKRERJEE ( Akmat~ )
.CERI P. K. CZ~ATTERJEE
National Test House, Calcutta
The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI Y. K. C;ANOOP~DRYAY ( Al:ernatr )
5 :RLK. M. CEAUDUKJRY Nationa! Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR ),
SI I D.+SARATIIA Jamshrdpur
The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati Senr B. C. B.LS~VA~AJ ( Bflcrnnte)
Sar I S. V. DATIR SEBI M. K. Gnosn ( Altmafe)
Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari
SHW A. D. DIAS SHBI M. K. DATTA
The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels Plant ),
S IR~$..,J,“A ( Alternate ) Sam .
Durgapur
Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SIIRI P. I;. GYXE ( Alfcrm~e j JOTNT CiRECTOR (hfET),RlXE~RCli Ministry of Railways
DESIOHS AXD.STA~-DARDS ORGAhItATlON
DEPUTY DIRECTOIL ( MET-II,), RDSO ( Alternate )
( Confinued on page 2 )
@ Cojprighf 1979
INCIXTT STASDARDS INSTiTUTION
This publication is protected under the Indim Copyrighf Act ( XIV of 1957) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
1s : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979
( Continued from page 1 )
Members Reprcsentin~
SERI S. R. KIIARE Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay SH~I V. N. PAl?DAY ( Alternate )
SRRI R. S. KOTRAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune SHRI S. S. LAXXUNDI ( Alfcraufc )
DE D. P. LAHIRI Ministry of Defence ( R & D ) SRRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altemurr)
SHRX K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SHRI D. K. DAS ( Afternafc)
SHBI L. MISEXA Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi
Snnr M. K. BANERJEE ( Ahmate ) Snn~ A. PA~MANABEAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras SHlrI 1. M. PA1 Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane
SHILI B. M. PAX ( ALnate ) Dn R. V. PATHY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay; and Alloy
Steel Producers’ Associatron of Indra, Bombay Sunr R. NARAYANA ( Alternate ) Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay
SHRI M. K. PRAXANIK Iron St Steel Control, Calcutta SARI S. S. SAHA ( Akrnate)
DR V. R~XASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and Steel I HSL J. Ranchi
’ ” SI~RI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Ahmate) SRRI M. RANGASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore
SRRI SANJIT SEN ( Aftnnatc I ) S~rnr P. RAMA PIZASAD ( Altcrnatc II )
SHRI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
DR S. K. MONDAL (Alternate) SHRI D. SI~IXITAS~N Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta
Ds S. K. CHATTERJEE ( Alternafc) SHRI Y. C. SUBRARUANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VA~DYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Cc Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Altrmatc ) Saw C. R. RAMA RAO, Director General, IS1 ( Ex-o&30 Member )
Director ( Strut 8t Met )
Secretary
SIIRI VIJAY KIJMAR Assistant Director ( Metals ), IS1
St&committee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5
convener SERI P. K. CEAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Cc Ltd, Jamshedpur
nilembers
SHEI S. K. BASU Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI I'. K. CRATTEI~JEE Ministry of Defence (DGI )
SUIII M. I;. SXN (Alternate ) ( Continued on page 18 )
2
IS x 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART I1 CARBON STEELS,( UNALLOYED STEELS)
( First Revision )
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part II ) (First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, aster the draft finaii- zed by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:
Part I Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties
Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels
Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels ) Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*
Part VI Tool steels
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
4
b) 4
4
Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of easy identification old designations are also given within brackets.
New grades 2C2, 5OC8,6OC6 have been added. Manganese content of grades CO5 ( 5C4 ), C55 ( 55C4 ), and C60 ( 6OC4 ) h ave been modified.
Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars given in Table 3 have been modilied on the basis of experience gained.
*Already published as IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. t&de for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols.
3
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designating steel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix ’ A ’ for information.
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, express- ing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This schedule ( Part II ) is applicable to standards for carbon steels when it is necessary for the steel to be supplied to a composition within reasonably defined limits. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.
1.1.1 This schedule may be used for ordering steels provided no detailed specification is available for the particular steel.
2. GENERAL
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mecha- nica! properties different from those, given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.
2.2 In addition to specified mechanical properties, ranges for carbon and manganese are, laid down in the schedule ( SLY Table 1 ), but as in many cases, the steels of lower carbon content are required as rimming, semi- killed or killed steel depending on the subsequent manipulation and condi- tions of service, the silicon content has not been specified. Where necessary, the silicon content or the type cf steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are also not included in the schedule but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, etc.
‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (rtuised).
4
IS : 1570 (Part II) - 1979
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CARBON AND MANGANESE LIMITS FOR THE STANDARD STEELS
STEEL DEEWNATIOX [SCC IS:1762 (PABT I)-19741 ,_----_-~
NW
(1) 2c2 4C2 SC4 7C4
lOC4 14C6
15c!4 15c8
2oc8 25C1 25Ca
3oc8
35c4 3568
4oc8 45C8
5064 5oca 5OC12 5x4
55ca
6Oc4 6OC6 65C6
iOC6 75C6 8OC6 85C6 08C6
113C6
Old
(2)
(‘cO4’,
(CO51 (07)
(ClOj (Cl41
(Cl5) (C15Mn75)
(C20) (C25)
( C25MnE )
(C30)
( C35 j ( C35Mn75 ) -
(C4Oj (C45)
(C50)
( CkOM:I )
(C55)
( C55Mn7j)
(GO) c-j
(C65)
(C7Oj
(C75) ( C80 j (C85j (C98)
(C113)
(3) 0.05 Max WO8 Max O-10 Max 0.12 Max 0.15 Max 0~10-0~18
0.20 Max 0~10-0~20
( CIause 2.2 )
C hRCENT
0*15-0*25 0.20-0.30 0*20-0.30
0.25-0.35
0.30~040 @30-0.40
0.35-0.45 ~40-0*50
p45-0.55 0.45-0.55 0.45-0.55 @50-0.60
0.50-0.60
0*55-O+l5 0.55-0.65 0.60-0.70
0.65-0.75 0~70-0~80 O*i5-0.85 0.80-0.90 090-1.05 1.05-1.20
Mn PEBCENT
(4) 0*4OMax 0.40 Max 0.50 Max 0.50 Max 0*30-0.60 0’40-0*70
0.30-O-60 0~60_0%l
0~60-0*90 0*30-0*60 W60-0.90
0.60-090
O-30-0.60 0.60-090
0*60-090 o%O-0.90
0.3~0.60 o%O-O%l 1~10-140 0.30-0.60
0*60-0.90
0.30-0.60 o-50-0.80 @50-0.80
0.50-0.80 0.50-0.80 0.50-0.80 O.EO-0.80 0~5o-o~ao 0.50-0.80
REFERENCETO RELEVANT
INDIANSTANDABD
(5)
Is:4882,4397 -
IS : 1812, 2879, 4432. IS: 1875, 2004, 4432,
5489 1s: 1812 IS:2100, 6967, 1875,
2004,4432 IS : 1875,2004
- IS: 1875, 2004, 3930,
5517, 6967 IS: 1875, 2004, 3930,
5517,6967 -
IS : 1;;77 2004, 3930,
Is : 5517, 7226, 7283 IS : 1875, 2004, 2507,
3930, 3261,5517 -
IS : 5517
IS : 2507, 3885, 3930 7226, 8054,8055
IS : 1875, 3445, 5517, 7494
IS : 1875, 2004,2507 4072
IS : 2507, 4072, 7226 IS : 2507, 3885 IS : 2507.4072 IS : 2507, 7226 Is : 2507, 3195, 7226 IS : 3195
IS : 1570 ( Part II) - 1979
2.3 This schedule includes specified tensile properties applicable to the different conditions, for example, Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized conditions. These values are based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition, or conversely, of the specified com- position for a particular range of tensile strength, may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars and for hardened and tempered bars and forgings, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of case- hardened parts after refining and quenching. Some of the steels are used in the form of sheet and strip and tubes and the tensile properties of these are given in Tables 6, 7 and 8. For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as specification requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Tables 9 and 10.
2.4 In addition, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test depending on the form of the material; for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars; unmachined round test pieces for smali size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates, for larger size round bars and for square bars, and forgings. Since the percentage elongation depends on the relation between the gauge length and the cross-sectional area of the test piece, specified minimum values for the percentage elongation for the different types of test pieces are included in the schedule. These elongation values given are based on a gauge length of 5*65Jrwhich is now intemathn- ally accepted. If test pieces of other than 5.65Jxgauge length are used, elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974’.
2.5 For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should bc based on the recently adopted formulae of either 950 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to 5.65Jxor of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf/mms when using a gauge length equivalent to 4,/x
2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening and tempering is some- times assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in specific+ tions; if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule.
*Method for elongation conversions for steel ( first reuirion ).
6
. .~ .._r._rw-..-
IS : 1570 ( Part 11 ) - 1979
TABLE 2 SPECJFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SECTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT-ROLLED OR NORMALIZED
CONDITION
DE~~IQNATIoN f---------t
New Old
(1) (2)
7c4 (CO7) lOC4 (ClO) 14C6 (Cl4) 15c4 (Cl5 ) 15c8 ( C15MnL_ )
2OC8 (CZO) - 25C4 ( c25 ) 25C8 (C25Mnz
3OC8 (C38) 3x4 ( C35 ) 35C8 (C35Mn75
4OC8, ww- 454x (C45) 5oc4 ( C50 1 5oc13 ( C50Mnl)
55c8 ( C55Mn75 1 6OC4 (m)-- 65C6 (t=)
( Clause 2.3)
TEPSILIP. SYCEENQT~
(3)
MPa*
320400
340-420
370-450 370-490
420-508
440-520
440-540 470-570
500-600 520-620
550-650
580-680 630-710
660-780
720 Min
720 Min
750 Min
750 Min
ELONGATION PEBCENT, Min 1
(41
27 I
26 I
26 25
25
24 ! 23
,
22
21
20 20
18
j i
15
13 . I1 13
11
10
NOTE - Minimum values for the yield stress may be required in certain specifi- cations and in such cases a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimum tensile strength should be satisfactory.
*IMPa = lN/mme = 8 102 0 kgf/mma.
I
I /
2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.
2.8 Any tests, for example, bend test, flattening tests on tube, etc, additional to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.
7
E . . t: 0”
h
F TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD-DRAWN BARS :!
[ Ciuures 0.3(d) and 2.3 ] tl Y
DESIGNATION ’ UP To 20 mm OvrR 20 mm OVER 40 mm OVER 63 mm ---l--h.- __ G New
7 ~_--~~-~---~ Up TO 40 mm UP TO 63 mm C_--_h-----y Old Tensile Elongation r-----h---y r__-_----~ Tensile Elongation 3
Strength Percent, Min Tensile Elongation Tensile Elongation Strength Percent, Min Min Strength Percent, Min Strength Percent, Min Min
Min Min
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) De MPa* MPa+ MPa* MPa*
lOC4 (ClO) 490 11 450 13 410 15 360 18 15C8 (Cl5Mn3) 540 11 510 13 470 15 430 18
2OC8 (C20) 540’ 10 510 12 470 15 430 18
3OC8 (C30) 610 9 570 10 530 12 490 15
4cJc8 (C40) 640 8 610 9 570 10 540 12
5oc4 (C40) 670 7 630 8 610 9 590 10
55C8 (C55Mn72) 730 7 690 8 670 9 630 10
*lMPa = lN/mma = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.
--
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
_____A--, STKENQTH ’ New
STRESS Old
TeW3Icz YIELD ELONGATION, IZOl> LKWTINO PERCENT, IMPACT RULING
Min 1 Man VALUE, SECTION (IX SPEOIFIED) Min
(1)
3OC8
35c8
(2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*
( C30 ) 600-750 400
( C35Mn75) 600-750 400
4OocB fC@) 600-750 380 700-850 480
45cfI (C45) 600-750 380 700-850 480
(C50) 700-850 460 800-950 540
55c8 ( C55Mnz ) {~$:~$, 460 540
*IMPa = IN/mm3 = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%
TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
(5)
18
18
(IB SPECIFIED)
(6) (7) Joules mm
55 30
55 63
18 41 100 17 35 30
17 41 100 15 35 30
fZ - - 63 30
15 63 13 - 30
TABLE 5 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE-HARDENING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION
( CORE PROPERTIES )
( Clause 2.3 )
DESIQNATIOV TEXSILE r-- -----y STRENGTH,
New Old Min
(1) (2) (3) MPa*
ELONQATION, PERCENT, Min
(4)
lOC4 ( Cl0 ) 500 17
14C6 (Cl4) 500 17
15C8 (C15Mn75) 500 17 2OC8 (C2O) 500 16
*IMP3 = lN/mmz = 0.1020 kgf/mmt.
120~ I~+IPACT LIMITING VALVE, A& RULIKG
(IF SPECIFIED) SECTION
(5) (6) Joules mm
55
55
55
15
Over 15 up to 30
30
55 30
9
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET liND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED AND ANNEALED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
DKYIIXATI~N c-----h---
New Old
TENSILE ELONGATION, PERCENT, ST~EN~T~ Min, TEST PIECE,
Min WIDTH 12.5 mm,
GAu~~mYH
(1) (2) (3) MPa*
7c4 ( CO7 ) 300-380
lOC4 (ClO) 320-400
15c4 (C15) 320-440
2oc8 (C20) 390-510
l lMPa, = IN/mm2 = @lo2 0 kgf/mm%
(4)
28
28
25
25
TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
DESIGNATION CONDITION r---?
New Old
(1) (2) (3)
15c4 ( Cl5 ) 1 $y;FL;ard
1 Hard
*lMPa = lN/mmz = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%
TENSILE STRENGTH
(4) MPa*
390-470 470-570 570 Min
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
TABLE 8 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR TUBES IN THE COLD-DRAWN AND ANNEALED CONDITION AND IN IKE COLD-DRAWN
OR COLD-DRAWN AND TEMPERED CONDITION
Clause 2.3 )
DESICJNATI~N COLD-DRAWN
x-F-%? AND ANNEALED
----1 Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,
Min Min
(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*
14C6 I xx 170 15C8 ( C15Mn75 ) j
220
250
280
COLD-DRAWN OR COLD-DRAWN
ATDTEMPERED r---I
Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,
Min Min
EL~NGATIox PEIICENT,
Min
(5) (6) MPae MPa*
440
520
560
580
700
38 1 I 950
on 42 1 23
gauge length
= 5*65&-
46 i Or
47 ! _! loo on gauge length I TS i = 60 44/n
J *IMPa = li%/mms = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.
TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING
(1) mm
:i 30 40 50 60
Iii 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 300 350 and over
IO mm
(2) mm
10 14 Iii 17
1’: 17 17
I: 17 17 17 17 17 17 18
( Clause 2.3 )
TunczrrEss 0F SECTIGX -------h-_-----~____~
20 30 40 50 GO 80 100 120 140
X Greater than 160 mm.
mm
(3) mm
21 26
:; 32
3332 33 33 33 33 33 ::3 33 33 33
mm mm mm mm mm mm DIAMETEX OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS
(4) mm
32 37 40 43 46
:: 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 49
(5) mm -
43
:: 57 60 62 63 63 G3 (i3 63
z 63
(6) mm
- - -
54 59 66
9: 76 77 77
58” 78
:s8
(7) (8) mm mm
- - - - - - -
-
65 74
:: 88 9J
!I1 92
::
- 87
1:; 108 112 115 117 119 I”0 121 121
(9) mm
-. - - -
-
108 117 125 131 136 140 143 145 148 150
mm
(IO) mm
- - - - - - -
130 140 148 154
X
X
X
%
X
mm
(11) mm
- - -
- - - -
1% X
X
X
X
X
X
X
11
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
TABLE 10 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING
( Clause 2.3 )
WIDTH OF THICKNESS OF SECTION SECTION r- ----_-----------,
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DIAMETEB OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS
120 140 . mm mm
I
(1) .(2) (3)
mm mm mm
10 10 -
20 13 20
30 15 24
40 16 27
50 16 29
60 :7 30
80 17 32
100 17 33
120 17 34
140 17 34
160 17 34
180 18 35
200 18 35
225 18 35
250 18 36
300 18 37
350 and over 20 39
x Greater than 160 mm.
(4) (5) (6)
mm mm mm
- - -
- - -
30 - i
34 40 -
38 45 51
41 49 55
45 54 62
47 58 68
49 62 72
50 64 76
51 66 79
51 67 81
52 68 83
52 69 85
53 70 86
54 71 88
59 78 97
(7)
mm
-
-
61
70
76
82
86
90
93
95
98
100
104
115
(8) (9) mm mm
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
81 -
90 102
98 111
104 119
109 126
114 132
117 137
121 142
125 147
131 155
152 x
(10) (11) mm mm 1
- - - - - .- - - - - - - - - - ‘-
122 -
132 142
140 152
148 x
154 x
x x x x x x x x
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) 0 1979
APPENDIX A ( Clause 0.4 )
NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEELS
A-1. GENERAL
A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974’.
A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
A-2.1 Unalloyed Steels ( as Defiacd in IS : 7598-1974t ) - The code designation shall consist of the foilowing in the order given:
a) Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon content,
b) Letter ‘ C ‘, and
c) Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese content. The figure after multiplying shall be rounded off to the nearest integer according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960:.
dj If necessary, symbois indicating special characteristics as follows:
1) MethoJ of designation -Depending on whether the steel is kiiled, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:
i) R = rimming steel, and
ii) IC= killed steel. hT0l.E - Pfno symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of semi-killed type.
2) Steel qualify -The following symbols shah be used to indicate steel quality:
Ql = non-ageing quality,
Q2 = freedom fro-m flakes,
Q3 = grain size controlled,
Q4 = inclusion controlled, and Q5 = internal homogeneity guaranteed.
*Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols. *Classification of steels. $Ruies for rounding off numerical vahles ( mixed).
13
i
ls:1570( PartxI)-1979
3) Degree of purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:
Symbol Maximum Content in Percent r-A------
Phosphorus Sulphur
P25 0.025 0.025
P35 0.035 0.035
P50 0.050 0.050 0.070 P70 0.070
No symbol will mean 0.055 0.055
The above symbols use the letter ‘P ’ followed by 1 000 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same, the following procedure shall be followed:
Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:
a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off * to the nearest integer.
b) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off * to the nearest integer.
Example:
Maximum sulphur 8: O-045 percent
Maximum phosphorus = O-035 percent Designation: SP 44.
4)
5)
Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as deter- mined by tests mutually agreed between the supplier and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols: W = fusion weldable, and WI = weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable. Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbol 6 B ‘, ‘ BO ‘, ( B2 ’ or ’ B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test.
For steels B, BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy
‘I
V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.
*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960 Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised ).
14
i. 3= -- - _
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
Steels B, BO, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notch Charpy impact value according to the following table:
Steels Specified UTS Range r---- _~h-_,_---__--,--~
370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* r-m-7 c-------~
Energy Tempe- Energy Tempe- rature rature
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
J “C J “C B 28 27 40 27
BO 28 0 28 -10 40 0
B2 28 -20 28 -30 40 -20
B4 . 28 -40 28 -50 40 -40
6) Surface condilion -The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:
Sl = deseemed or scarfed;
s2 - descaIed;
S3 E pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); S4 = shot, grit or sand blasted;
s5 = peeled ( skinned );
S6 = bright drawn or cold rolled; and
57 = ground.
NATE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or as- forged condition.
7) Formability ( applicable to sheet only ) - The following symbols shali be used to indicate drawability:
Dl - drawing quality, D2 = deep drawing quality, and D3 = extra deep drawing quality.
XOTE -If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of commercial quality.
+lMPa = lN/mmz = 0.102 0 ligf /mm2.
15
8) Surface jnish ( ajplicable to sheet or@) - The f01 )wing symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:
Fl = general purpose finish, ?r. Ii
F2 = full finish,
F3 = exposed, F4 = unexposed, F5 = matt finish, F6 = bright finish,
F7 = plating finish, F8 = unpolished finish, F9 = polished finish,
FlO = polished and coloured blue, F 11 = polished and coloured yellow,
F12 = mirror finish, F13 = vitreous enamel finish, and
F14 = direct annealed finish.
9) Treatment -The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel: Tl = shot-peened, T2 = hard-drawn, T3 = normalized*,
T4 = controlled rolled, T5 = annealed, T6 = patented,
T7 = solution-treated,
T8 = solution-treated and aged, T9 = controlled cooled,
TlO = bright annealed,
Tll = spherodized, T12 = stress-relieved,
T13 = case-hardened*, and
T14 = hardened and tempered.
NOTI: - If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.
IS t 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
*Includes tcmpcring, if done.
16
10) EZ5pufed tern elevated te Y ,wever, pL operties shall be in turer.
11) Cryogenic qu properties? room tern1 tion.
~xam~1e.C
23iC5EO f z
t
45c:ow ! 1
KS : 1570 ( Part n ) - 1979
Elspated temperature properties -For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. I-’ jwever, in the designation only the room temperature pJ operties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufac- turer.
Cryogenic quality- For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall he used. However, only the room temperature properties shall. be indicated in the designa- tion.
Examples:
2X3X Semni-lciiled steei with nverzge 0.25 percent carbon and 0.5 percent manganese content and resistance to brittle fracture grade BO.
45C:OW Steel with average 0.45 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and guaranteed fusion weldable.
17
IS : 1570 ( Part II ) - 1979
( Confinwd from fige 2 ) Members Reprtsenf~ng
SuRI M. I~. DUTT.4 Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Durgapur Steel Plant ), Durgapur
&RX R. c. Jrra ( Akmatc ) J o I N T D I n E c T o R ( MET ), Ministry of Railways
RESEAROE DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORQANIZATION ASSISTART DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alfernatc )
DR N. KONDAL RAN Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay SERI K. BALARAYAMOORTHY ( Alternate )
DB N. Moalw Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, Ranchi Dn R.V. PATHY' Alloy Steels Producers Association of India,
Bombay SHRI M. K. PRA~XA~IE Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta SIIRI R. C. PRASAD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
Snrcr D. K. DAS ( Al~rmatc ) Srrnr A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,
Bombay SERI A. R. V. SE~RAE~ANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Khopoli DR G. VENKATARAAXAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. Tiruchchirappalli
l Dr R. V. Paths Is also alternate to Shd A. E. V. Sobrnmnnlan represecting Mahindra U&e Steel Co Lt,d, Khopoli.
18
AMENDMENT NO. 1 DECEMBER 1989
TO
IS : 1570 ( Part 2 ) - 1979 SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS ( UNALLOYED STEELS )
/ First Revision )
( Cover page, Pages 1 and 3, title ) existing title:
- Substitute the following for the
’ Indiun Standard I
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS ( UNALLOYED STEELS )
Section 1 Wrought Products ( Other Than Wires ) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties’
( Cover page and all other pages, designation ) - Substitute the following for the existing designation:
‘ IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 1 )-1979 ’
( SMDC 19 )
Printed at New India Printinn Press, Khuh India
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)
Section 1 Wrought Products ( Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties
(: First Revision )
( Third Reprint JANUARY 1999 ( Incorporathg Amendment No. 1)
UDC 669.14 (083.4 )
0 Copyright 1999
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 5 October 1979
1s : 1s7o(Paft 2/set 1) - 1979
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS)
Section 1 Wrought Products (Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties
( First Revision ) Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman Repesmling
DR G. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur
S~nr A. N. BISW,\S SH~I S. K. BASU ( Alter&e)
Saar B. C. BISWAS SRRI A. M. BISWAS ( dlfernarc )
SHRI P. K. CEIAKIZAVAHTY DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate)
SHRI P. K. CHATTCKJEE
Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah
National Test House, Calcutta
The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
,_ MifiTtry of Defence ( DC1 ) SHI~I P. K. GAN~OPADHYAY ( Auernare )
SHRI K. M. CI~AUDIIU~Y Nationa! Metallurgical Laboratory (CSIR ),
SHnI DASARATIIA Jamshedpur
The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BASAVA~AJ (Alternate )
SHRI S. V. D~TAR Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SRRI M. K. Gnosn ( AItemate)
SHRI h. D. DIAS SHBI M. K. DATTA
The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels Plant ),
SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternale ) Durgapur
SHRI S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals
SIIRI P. K. GYNE ( Affernafe ) ( Inspection Wing), New Delhi
JOINT DIRECTOR (MET), RESEARCH Ministry of Railways DESIQNS AND STANDARDS ORGANIZATION
D~PIJTY DIRECTOX ( MET-II_), RDSO ( Alfernate )
( Continued on page 2 )
@ Copyrighf 1979
BUREAU OF 1NDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is prorertrd under the Indian Co$yigL Act ( XIV of 1957) and
reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the
oublisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
( contimsed~om page 1 )
Members
S~sr S. R. KHARE
Reprcseafing
SHBI V. N. PANDAY ( Ahnate ) Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay
SERI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune Saab S. S. LAKKUNDI ( Allcraals)
DE D. P. LAEIBI SHBI I. N. BHATIA ( Afremek )
Ministry of Defence ( R & D )
SHRI K. N. bfEHl%A Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SRRI D. K. DAS ( Altmafr )
SHEI L. MIEEBA Directorate General of Technical Development,
San1 M. K. BANERJEE ( Al&mu&) New Delhi
Saul A. PADMANABHAN Ashok Leyland Ltd, Madras SEaI I. M. PA1 Firth India Steel Co Ltd, Thane
Saxr B. M. PA1 ( Aftmatc ) Dg R. V. PATEY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombayj and Alloy
Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANA ( Al&mate )
SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta
SARI S. S. SAHA ( A&mats ) DE V. RAMASWAYY Research & Development Centre for Iron and
SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Altcmafe ) Steel ( HSL ), Ranchi
Sanx M. RAN~ASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore San1 SANJIT SEN (AIlmate I ) Swnr P. RAMA PBASAD ( AIlera& II )
SEEI A. K. ROY The Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,
DR S. K. MONDAL ( Alternuls) Jamshedpur
SHRI D. SIZINIVASAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta Da S. K. CEATTEBJEE ( Altmafc)
SHRI Y. C. SIJBRAHWANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SHRI K. S. VAIDYANATHAN M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SARI C. J. DAVE ( Altmate ) SRB~ C. R. RAMA RAO, Director General, IS1 ( Ex-ofiio Member )
Director ( Strut & Met ) hretary
SHRI VIJAY KUMAR Assistant Director ( Metals ), IS1
Subcommittee for the Revision of Schedule for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5
San1 P. K. CEAKRAV~TY The,Tata Iron i?z Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
Membm
SHRI S. K. BABU SERI P. K. CRATTERJEE
Sunr M. K. SEN ( Alternafa )
Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah Ministry of Defence ( DGI )
( Coatinued on page 18 )
2
IS : 1!57O(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS (UNALLOYED STEELS\
Section 1 Wrought Products (Other Than Wires) With Specified Chemical Composition and Related Properties
( First Revision ) 0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part II ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, after the draft finali- zed by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Divisjon Council.
0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. the standard are as follows:
The other parts of
Part I Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties
Part III Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels
Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )
Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*
Part VI Tool steels,
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
a) Steel designations have been modified in -accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974t. However, for the sake of identification old designations are also given within brackets.
easy
b) New grades 2C2, 5OC8,6OC6 have been added.
c) .Manganese content of grades CO5 ( 5C4 ), C55 ( 55C4 ), and C60 ( 6OC4 ) have been modified.
d) Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars given in Table 3 have been modified on the basis of experience gained.
*Already published as IS : 1570 ( Part V )-1972. tCode for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols.
3
B : %7o(p8tt 2/&C 1) - 1979
0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed specifications. The standard ranges for sulphur and phosphorus and the method for designating steel according to its sulphur and phosphorus content, steel making practice and method of deoxidation is detailed in Appendix ‘ A ’ for information.
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, express- ing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. ScofE
1.1 This schedule ( Part II ) is applicable to standards for carbon steels when it is necessary for the steel to be supplied to a composition within reasonably defined limits. This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard.
1.1.1 This schedule may be used for ordering steels provided no detailed specification is available for the particular steel.
2. GENERAL
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mecha- nical properties different from those. given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.
2.2 In addition to specified mechanical properties, ranges for carbon and manganese are, laid down in the schedule ( see Table 1 ), but as in many cases, the steels of lower carbon content are required as rimming, semi- kihed or killed steel depending on the subsequent manipulation and condi- tions of service, the silicon content has not~been specified. Where necessary, the silicon content or the type of steel, for example, killed, semi-killed, etc, should be included in the standard. Since different levels of sulphur and phosphorus are required according to the severity of the conditions in service, limits for these elements are also not included in the schedule but should be specified in a specification at levels appropriate to the method of steel production, conditions of service, etc.
*Rules for rounding off numerical values (rcvhcd).
4
IS : 157O(Paft 2/Set 1) l 1979
TABLE i (IPECIPPID CARBOhIAND MANGANESE LIMITS
STE~CL DWIWATION [ SC6 IS: 1762 (PABT I)-19741 ~_-_-_-_---_~
Old
C Mn PBlWQtT hBCBNT
New (1) 2c2 4c2 ~5C4 7C4
lOc4 14c6
(2)
(s-4~) (co5) (co7) (-Cl0 )
(Cl4)
(3) (4) 0.05 &&TX 0.40 &fax 0.09 Mai 0.40 1”wix *lo Max 050 Mu 0.12 Max 0.50 Md* O-15 Max 040-0%6 &IO-O*18 0’40-0-70
IS : 48S2,4397 -
IS : 1812,2879,4432 IS : 1875, 2004, 4432,
5489 l5c4 15c8
0.20 Max 0*10-O-20
0*30-0.60 0-609’90
IS : 1812 IS :;U&lj, 6’y27, 1875,
9 - 2oc8 25C4 25C8
(C15) (C15Mn75)
(c20) (~25)
( C25MnE )
(C30)
0-15-0’25 0*60-090 0*20-0*30 0~30-0%0 ocm0.30 0%0-o-90
IS : 1875,2004 -
3oc8 O-25-0-35 0+0-090
3m 35c9
@30;040 9.3~0’40
~3O-O%g o%O-0.90
IS : 1875, 2004, 5517, 6967
3930,
IS : 1875, 2004, 5517,6967
3930,
IS : 1t;X,7 2004, 3930,
4oc8 45C8
(C35) ( C35Mn75 - )
(C40)
(C45)
@35-0.45 O-40-050
0%0-O% 0*60@0
IS : 5517,7226, 7283 IS : 1875,2004, 2507,
3930, 3261,5517
5oc4 5Oc8 5OC12 55c4
(C50) -
(CSOML )
(C55)
0-45-O-55 0.45.q55 O-45-0.65 0.50.0.60
O-30-O-60 0’60-0~ 1~10-1’40 0’30-060
. IS : 5517
IS : 2507, 3885, 3930 7226.8054.8055
5503 ( C55Mn72) @50-OfrJ o%O-0.90 IS : ;8;; 3445; 5517,
6Oc4 6OC6 65C6
(C60)
(0)
0.55-0.65 O%W60 0.55~0.65 ~50-0*80 @60-O-70 0’50-0-80
7OC6 (C70) 0*65-0.75 0*50-0.80
75C6 (C75) 0*70-0.80 0.50.0.80
8OC6 (C80) 0.75-0.85 @50-O-80
85C6 (C85) 0.80.0.90 0.50-O-80
98C6 (C98) 090-1.05 0*50-O-80
llYC6 ( Cl13 ) 1.05-l-20 0*50-0.80
IS : 1875, 2004,2507, 4072
IS : 2507,4072,7226 IS : 2507, 3885 IS : 2507.4072 IS : 2507,7226 IS ~2507, 3195, 7226 IS : 3195
IS : 1570(Part 2Bec 1) - 1979
2.3 This schedule includes specified tensile properties applicable to the different conditions, for example, Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized conditions. These values are based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes,some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition, or conversely, of the specified com- position for a particular range .of tensile’ strength, may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars and for hardened and tempered bars and forgings, together with the &es, to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives-the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of case- hardened parts after refining and quenching. Some of the steels are used in the form of sheet and strip and tubes and the tensile properties of these are given in Tables 6, 7 and 8. For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as specification requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Tables 9 and 10.
2.4 In addition, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation -corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test depending on the form of the material; for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars; unniachined Found test pieces for small size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates, for larger size round bars and for square bars, and forgings. Since the percentage elongation depends on the relation between the gauge length and the cross-sectional area of the test piece, specified minimum values for the percentage elox?gation for the different types of test pieces are included in the schedule. These elongation values given are based dn a gauge length of 5*65drwhich is now internation- ally accepted. If test pieces of other than 5*6Wxgauge length are used, elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974*.
2.5 For tensile tests on tubes, the specified percentage elongation should be’ based on the recently adopted formulae of either ,950 divided by ! the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to P65dxor of 1 100 divided by the actual tensile strength in kgf /mm* when using a gauge length equivalent to 44x
2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening and tempering is some- times assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in speci&a- tions; if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule,
*Method for elongation conversions for steel (jut revision).
6
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SEGTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT-ROLLED OR NORMALIZED
CONDITION
( Clause 2.3)
DESIGNATION ~_____A-__~
New Old
(1) (2)
TENSILE STRENGTH
ELONQATIO& PEBCENT, ‘Min
(3)
MPa*
(4)
7c4 (C07) 320-400 27 lOC4 (ClO) 340-420 26 14C6 (Cl4) 370.458 26 15c4 (C15) 370490 25 15C8 ( Cl5MnZ_5 ) 420-500 25
2OC8 (C20) 448-520 24 25C4 ( C25 ) 448-548 23 25C8 ( C25MnF ) 470-570 22
3OC8 (C30) 500-600 21 35c4 (C35) 520-620 20
35C8 ( C35Mn7J ) 550-650 20
4OC8 (C40) 580680 18
4568 (C45) 630-7 10 15
5oc4 (C50) 660-780 13
5oc13 ( C50Mnl) 720 Min 11
55C8 ( C55Mn75) 720 Min 13
6OC4 (C60)- 750 Min 11
65C6 (C65) 750 Min 10
NOTE - Minimum values for the yield stress may be required in certain specifi- cations and in such cases-a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimum tensile strength should be satisfactory.
+lMPa = lN/mme = O-102 0 kgf/mme.
2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which’ should be included in the specification.
2.8 Any tests, for example, bend test, flattening tests on tube, etc, additional to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.
7
TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILB LIMITS FOR COLD-DRAWN BABS 5
[ Clauru 0.3(d) and 2.3 ]
DEBIQNATION UP TO 20 XIim Ovm 20 mm cl----y #---A---_~ New
UPTo4Omm Old Tensile
Strength Elongation c--hp-l
Percent, Min Tensile Min
Elongation Strength Percent, Min
bfin
(1) (2) 00
(3) (4) (5) (6) MPa+ MPa@
1oc4 (ClO) 490 11 450 13 15C8 (C15Mn%) 540 11 510 13
2OC8 (C20) 540 10 510 12 3OC8 (C30) 610 9 570 10 4OC8 (C40) 640 8 610 9
5oc4 (C4.0) 670 7 630 8
55C8 ( C55Mnz) 730 7 690 8
OvEa 40 mm UP TO 63 mm
‘Tensile---y
“Zgth
Elongation Percent, iUia
(7) MPa*
410 470
470
530
570 610 670
(8)
15 15
15
12
10 9 9
s 0-s 63 mm I!
r-- --7 Tensile Elongation f
Strength Percent, ~Uin iuia t
3 (9) (10)
MPa*
360 18
430 18
430 18
490 15
540 12
590 10
630 10
*IMPa = lN/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mm%
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIBS FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDBNBD AND TBMPERBD CONDlTION
( Claus& 2.3 )
DESIONATION TENSILE YIRLD IZOU LIMITING r--> STWN~TH STREsfB
ELONGATION, IMPACT RULTN~
New Old PERCENT,
Min Mill SECTlOlZ
(1r sPlroxrIED)
VALUE,
Ma
(IS SFEOUIED)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) MPae MPae Joules mm
3OCJ3 (C3O) 600-750 rww) 18 55 30
35C8 ( C35Mns) 600-750 400 18 55 63
44x8
45c8
18 17
::
41 100 35 30
:: .lOO 30
5oc4 (C5O) 700-850 46O 15 - 63 800-950 540 1s - 30
*IMPa = lN/mmr I 0.102 0 kgf/mm%
15 13
TABLB 5s;~S~D~CHANICAL PROPERTIBS FOR CASE-HARDENING REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION
( CORE PROPERTIES )
( Cku.u 2.3 )
DESIGNATION r-- -&---_y
New Old
(1) (2)
lOC4 (ClO) 14c6 (Cl4)
15c8 2oc8
(C15Mn75)
(C2O)
TENSILBI STSENQTE,
Min
(3) MPa*
500
500
500 500
ELONGATION, IZOD IVPA~T LIXITIN~ PEWENT, Min VALUE, Min RULING
(II SPWI~IED) SECTION
(4) (5) (6)
17
Joules mm
55 15
17
17
55
55
Over 15 U$F 30
16 55 30
l lMPa = lN\mm* = O-102 0 kgf/mma.
9
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED AND ANNEALED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
DESIGNATION TENSILE _--h--_-y STREFXITH
New Old Min
(1) (2) (3) MPa*
7c4 (CO71 300-380
1oc4 (Cl01 320-400
15c4 (C’5) 320-440
2OC8 (C20) 390-510
l lMPa = lN/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mmR
E~~NCUTION, PERCENT, Min, TEST PIECE, WIDTH 12.5 mm,
GAUQB LENQTH 50 mm
(4)
28
28
25
25
TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL SHEET AND STRIP IN THE COLD-ROLLED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
DESIGNATION T__-* ---7
New Old
(1) (2)
CONDITXON
(3)
TENSILE STRBN~TE
(4) MPa+
1x4 (Cl51 r Quarter hard
(I iZtfhard
390-470 470-570 570 Min
l lMPa = lN/mme = 0.102 0 kgf/mm%
10
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
TABLE 8 SPECIFIED -TENSILE LIMITS FOR, TUBES IN THE COLD-DRAWN AND ANNEALED CONDITION AND IN THE COLD-DRAWN
OR COLD-DRAWN AND TEMPERED CONDITION
( Clause 2.3 )
DESIQNATI~N COLD-DRAWN r-h___-) AND ANNEALED New Old --_-m-7
Tensile Yield Strength, Stress,
Min Min
(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa* MPa*
14C6 15C4 320 170 15C8 ( C15Mn7.5 )
’ 2OC8 (C20)-‘- 370 220
2X4 25C8 (C&!n!75 _> ) 390 250
35c4 35C8 ( &-it\5 ) 440 280
45c:a 5OC12 (C45)_ 1 ( C50Mnl ) 520 340 J
COLD-DRAWNOB COLD-DRAWN ANDTEMPERED
r---_-h---y Tensile Yield
Strength, Stress, Min Mi?l
(5) (6) MPa* MPa*
EI,~N~ATIoN ~PEIICENT,
Min
(7)
440
~520
500
33 1
42 2;; on gauge length
= 5*651/T
46 I or
580 47 -!l!F on gauge length
! 700 60 1
= 41/A
J *lMPa = lN/mma = 0.102 0 kgf/mms.
TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING
( Claw 2.3 ) \~IDTIi OF THICKNESSOFSECTICIN SECTION ______---__L--_--_-_------_---\
10 20 mm mm
(1) (2) (3) mm mm mm
:x 10 14 ;;
4”: 16 17 22: 50 17 31
:: ii 17 32 32
100 120 :: 3333 140 160 180 200 225
17 33 17 33
:: z 17 53
250 17 300 :: 350 and over :: 33
30 40 50 60 80 100 mm mm mm mm mm mm DIAMETER O~EQUIVALENTROUNDS
(4) (5) (6) (7) (3) (9) mm -
s 40 43 46 47 48 48
mm mm mm - - -
mm mm .- -
- -
87 1 1:; 117 108
108 125 48 63 77 9, 112 131 48 63 77 91 115 136 48 63 78 z; 117 140
:t 63 5:
:: 92 119 120 143 145 48 49 63 7788 !z
121 148 121 150
120 mm
(10) mm
- - - -
-
130 146 148 154 X X X % X
140 . mm
(11) mm
- - - -
l:i2 X X X X X X X
x Greater than 160 mm.
11
IS : 157O(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
TABLE 10 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING
( C&use 2i3 )
THICENEFM or SBCTION WIDTH OF SECTION
(1)
mm
10 20 30 40 50 60 80
100 120 140 160 180 200 225 250 390 350 and over
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DIAMETEB OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS
(3) (21 mm
10 13 15 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 20
(4) mm
(5) (6) mm mm
(7) 03) (9) (10) (11) mm mm mm mm mm
-
20 24 27 29 30 32 33 34 34 34 35 35 35 36 37 39
- -
30 34 38 41 45 47 49 50 51 51 52 52 53 54 59
- 1w) 1 45 51 49 55 54 62 58 68 62 72 64 76 66 79 67 81 68 83 69 85 70 86 71 88 78 97
- -
- -
61 70 76 82 86 90 93 95 98
100 104 115
- -
81 90 98
104 109 114 117 121 125 131 152
102 111 119 126 132 137 142 147 155
X
120 140 . mm mm
- - - - - - - - - - - _- - - - _c
122 - 132 142 140 152 148 x 154 x
x x x x x x x x
x Greater than 160 mm.
12
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
APPENDIX A ( Clause 0.4 )
NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEELS
A-l. GENERAL
A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 a Steel ’ for formulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974*.
A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
A-2.1 Unalloyed Steels ( as Defined in IS I 759&1974t ) - The code designation shall consist of the following in the order given:
a) Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon content,
b) Letter ‘ C ‘, and
c) Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese content. The figure after multiplying shall be rounded off to the nearest integer according to the rules given in IS : 2-1960$
d) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as fellows:
1) Method of designation- Depending on whethe: the steel is killed, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making practice:
i) R - rimming steel, and ii) K = killed steel.
NOTE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the steel is of-semi-killed type.
2) Steel quality - The following symbols shall be used to indicate steel quality:
Q1 = non-ageing quality, Q2 p= freedom from flakes, Q3 - grain size controlled,. Q4= inclusion controlled, and Q5 = internal homogeneity guaranteed.
*Code for designation of steels: Part I Based on letter symbols. *Classification of steels. JRules for rounding off numerical values (ret&i).
13
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
3) Degree of )wity-- The sulphur and phosphorus analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:
levels ( ladle
Symbol Maximum Content in Percent _--___A-__---,
Phosphorus Sulphur
P25 0.025 0.025 P35 0.035 0.035 P50 0.050 o-050 P70 o-070 0*070
No symbol will mean 0.055 0.055
The above symbols use the letter ’ P ’ followed by 1000 times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus, In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not -same, the following procedure shall be followed:
Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by: a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off * to the nearest
integer. b) 100 times &e maximum phosphorus rounded off * to the nearest
integer.
Example:
Maximum sulphur = O-045 percent Maximum phosphorus = 0,035 percent
Designation: SP 44. 4) Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as deter-
mined .by tests mutually agreed between the supplier and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols: W = fusion weldable, and W1 = weldable by resistance welding but not fusion weldable.
5) Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbol * B ‘, ‘ BO ‘, ‘ B2 ’ or x B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test,
For steels B, ~BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpendicular to the surface of the plate or product.
*Rounding off shall be done according to the rules given in 1s : Z-1960 Rules for ,rounding off numerical values (revtied ).
14
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
Steels B, BO, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notch Charpy impact value according to the following table:
Steels S’ecijied UTS Range r__________-_h_ -------------T
370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* ~~~~~~-_~~ r-W----_A--,~
Energy Tempe- Energy Tempe- rature rature
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
J “C J “C
B 28 27 40 27
BO 28 0 28 -10 40 0
B2 28 -20 28 -30 40 -20
B4 28 -40 28 -50 40 -40
6) Surface condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition: Sl = deseemed or scarfed; S2 = descaled; s3 = pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); S4 = shot, grit or sand blasted; S5 = peeled ( skinned ); S6 = bright drawn or cold rolled; and S7 = ground.
NOTE - If no symbol is used, it shall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or as- forged condition.
7) Formability ( applicable to sheet only ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:
Dl = drawing quality, D2 = deep drawing quality, and D3 = extra deep drawing quality.
NOTE- If no symbol is used, it shall quality.
mean that the steel is of commercial
*lMPa = lN/mmg = 0,102 0 kgf/mm?
15
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
8) Surface jnish ( upjdicable to sheet only) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:
Fl I general purpose finish, F2 = full finish, F3 = exposed, F4 = unexposed, F5 s matt finish, F6 = bright finish, F7 =i plating finish, F8 = unpolished finish, F9 = polished finish,
FlO = polished and coloured blue,
Fll = polished and coloured yellow,
F12 = mirror finish, F13 = vitreous enamel finish, and
F14 = direct annealed finish.
9) Treatment-The following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel: Tl = shot-peened, T2 = hard-drawn,
T3 = normalized*, T4 s controlled rolled, T5 = annealed,
T6 = patented, T7 = solution-treated,
T8 I solution-treated and aged, T9 = controlled cooled,
TlO = bright annealed,
T11 = spherodized, T 12 =is stress-relieved,
T13 = case-hardened*, and
T14 s1 hardened and tempered. NOTIC - If no symbol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.
*Includes tempering, if done.
16
1s : 1570(Parf 2/Set 1) - 1979
10) Elevated tem#erature properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature properties, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However, in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manufac- turer.
11) Cryogenic qualify- For guarantee with regard to low temperature properties, the letter ‘ L ’ shall he used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designa- tion.
Examples:
21C5BO Semi-killed steel with average 0.25 percent carbon and 0.5 percent manganese content and resistance to brittle fracture grade BO.
45ClOW Steel with average 0.45 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and guaranteed fusion weldable.
17
IS : 1570(Part 2/Set 1) - 1979
( Confind from -page 2 )
MtTlbnS Snxu M. K. DUTTA
Representing Steel Authority of India
Plant ), Durgapur Snrtr R. C. JHA ( Alternate )
JOINT DIRECTOR (MET), MinistryofRailways RESEAROH DESIGNS & *
Ltd ( Durgapur Steel
STANDARDS ORQANIZATION ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alternate )
DR N. KONDAL Rno Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay SHRI K. BALARAMAYOORTHY ( Alternate )
DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd, Ranchi DH R. V. PATHY* Allov Steels Producers Association of India,
SI~RI M. K. PRAMANIE S~IRI R. C. PRASAII
SI~RI D. K. DAS ( Alferaate) Srin~ A. K. ROY
SSllI A. R. V. SURRAMANIAN
DR G. VENKATARAMAN
Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers, Bombay
Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Khopoli Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli
*Dr B. V. Psthy is also alternate to Shrl A. R. V. Eubramanlan represecting &hi&a Uglne Steel 00 Ltd. Khopoll.
18
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Heedctuartem
,Manak Bhavan. 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131, 323 3375. 323 9402 Fax :91 113234062, 91113239399, 91113239382
Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to ail Offices)
Central Laboratory: Telephone
Plot No. 20/9. Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, SAHIBABAD 201010 8-77 00 32
Regional Offlcee:
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 BahadurShah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 323 76 17
‘Eastern : l/l4 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA709054 337 86 62
-Northern : SC0 335336. Sector 34-A. CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 23 15
twestern : Manakalaya. E9 Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093
Branch Offices:
‘Pushpak’. Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001 550 13 48
SPeenya Industrial Area, 1st Stage, Bangalore - Tumkur Road, 839 49 55 BANGALORE 560058
Gangotri Complex. 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T. T Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21
Plot No. 62-63. Unit VI. Ganga Nagar. BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27 rs.
Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, CO&tBATORE 641037 21 01 41
Plot No. 43, Sector 16 A, Mathura Road, FARIDABAD 121001 8-28 88 01
Savitri Complex, 116 G. T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 19 96
5315 Ward No. 29, R. G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 541137
5-8-58C. L. N. Gupta Marg. Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 20 10 83
E-52, Chitaranjan Marg, C-Scheme, JAIPUR 302001 37 29 25
1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar. KANPUR 208005 21 68 76
Seth Bhawan. 2nd Floor, Behind .Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 23 89 23 LUCKNOW 226001
Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013
T. C. No. 14/1421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM 695034
NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010
Institution of Engineers ( India ) Building, 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005
26 23 05
6 21 17
52 51 71
32 36 35
‘Sales Office is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P. 0. Princep Street, CALCUTTA 700072
tSales Office is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007
*Sales Office is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002
27 10 85
309 65 28
222 39 71
Frinled at NW India Printtng Press, KhurJa. lnti
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 19W
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT FTEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS ( UNALLOYED STEELS )
Section 2 Carbon Steel Wires with Related Properties
( First Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Section-al Committee, SMIIIC 19
Chairman Repre:enfing
DR G. MUKHERJEE
Members
Steel Authority of India Ltd, New Delhi
ADDITIONAL DIRECTOR ( MET ) JOINT DIRECTOR ( CHE~IICAL )
SHRI BALKRISKAN AGO ARW AL SHRI H. S. GUPTA ( Allernalc )
Ministry of Railways ( Alternate ) Federation of Engineering Industries of India
M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta SHRI S. K. BASU SHRI C. J, DAVE ( Allcrnate )
SHRI J. N. BHATTACHARYYA National Test House, Calcutta SHRI S. C. BHAWAL ( Alternate )
SHRI A. K. CHAKRABORTY Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI S. N. SARVAR ( Allernate )
SHRI D. K. DAS SHRI B. P. SINGH ( Alternate )
Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
DEPUTY DIRECTOR INSPECTION Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SHRI D. K. PAUI. ( Alternate) SHRI A. D. DIAS Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay SHRI D. GADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd ( Special Alloy Steel,
Division ), Navsari _
SHRI ASIM CHATTEKJEE ( Alternate ) GENERAL MANAGER Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad
DR M. NA~ESEWAR RAO ( Alternate ) SHRI J. L. GOYAL Modern Steel Ltd, Mandi Gobind Garh SHRI R. C. JHA Alloys Steels Plant ( SAIL ), Durgapur SHRI S. KUMAR Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay
SHRI VIPON CEIOPRA ( A/ternafe )
( Continued on page 2 )
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Indian CoFyigh6 Act ( XIV of 1957 ) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written ‘permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
c
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
( Continued from page l )
Members
DR D. P. LAHIRI SRRI I. N. BR.QIA ( Alternate)
SHRI LAXMAN MISHRA
Representing
Ministry of Defame ( R&D )
Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi
SHRI S. S. KHOSLA ( Alternate) DR T. MUKHERJEE Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
SHRI A. N. MITRA ( Alternate) DR S. K. MONDAL Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,
Jamshedpur DR P. G. RENAVII~ER ( Alternate )
SHRI D. B. MOHORIL Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta DR K. SUBRAMANYAM ( Alternate) .
SERI P. NARAIN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay SHRI C. R. SHAXXA ( Alternate )
SHRI I. K. NAYAR Firth ( India ) Steel Co .td, Thane SHRI K. A. SHEROY ( Alternate)
DR R. V. PATHY Alloy Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SHRI G. R. PRAKASIX Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati
SHRI B. HARIDASA ACHAR ( Alternate ) SHRI M. K. PRAE~~NIK Ministry of Steel & Mines ( Iron & Steel Control ),
Calcutta SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )
SHRI RAG~UBIR SIN~H National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), .Jamshedpur
SHRI S. RAJAGOPALAN Addison & Co Ltd, Madras SHRI V. SRJNIVASAN ( Alternate )
DR V. RAM~SWAMY Research and Development Centre for Iron and Steel ( SAIL ), Ranchi
SHRI S. R. M~DIRATTA ( Alternate ) SHRI H. S. RAMCHANDRA HMT Ltd
SRRI P. RA~~A PRASAD ( Alternate I ) SHRI A. S~ANTHARAM ( Alternate II ) SHRI V. N. VEN~ATESAN ( Alternate III )
REPRESENTATIVE Modi Steels, Modi Nagar SHRI M. K. SIN Ministry of Defence ( DGI )
SHRI K. L. CRAKRAROTTY ( Alternate) SHRI B. K. SHARMAH Ministry of Defence ( OFB )
SHRI A. K. BANGA ( Alternate ) SHRI B. MUKHIRJI, Director General, BIS ( Ex-o$Ecio Member )
Director ( Strut and Met )
Secretary
SHRI S. K. PANJA Assistant Director ( Metals ), BIS
L
( Continued on page 14 )
2
IS: 1570 ( Part 2jSec 2 ) - 1987
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 2 CARBON STEELS ( UNALLOYED STEELS )
Section 2 Carbon Steel Wires with Related Properties
( First Revision )
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 2;Sec 2 ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards on 25 .June 1987, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 Schedules, for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:
Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties.
Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels ), Section 1 Wrouqht products
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
( other than wires ) with specified chemical comI)osiiion and related properties.
Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels.
Alloy steels ( alloy constructional and spring steels ) with specified chemical composition and related mechanical properties ( under revision ).
Stainless and heat resisting steels.
Alloy tool steels ( under revision ).
Steels for elevated temperature services ( creep resisting steels ) ( under rerhion ).
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
a) Tensile strength values are given in MPa instead of kg/mmz.
b) The detailed mechanical properties of different types of wires for various end use< have been included.
3
IS r 1570 ( Part PjSec 2 > - 1987
1. SCOPE
1.1 This schedule ( Part 2iSec 2 ) is applicable to wire produced from carbon steels for a wide variety of purposes.
2. GENERAL
2.1 In many cases, the necessary properties are produced in the wire by cold drawing rod or wire, after appropriate heat treatment, from a predetermined size to the required diameter. As the tensile strength thus attained is a function of both the initial and final diameters, by selection of’ a steel of suitable composition, appropriate preliminary heat treatment, for example, annealing or patenting; and appropriate initial diameter; a wide variety of tensile strengths may be obtained. The very high tensile strength can, however, only be attained in the smaller sizes owing to the large amount of cold drawing required.
In many cases, it is sufficient to specify the tensile properties without specifying a chemical composition, other than the maximum permissible limits of sulphur and phosphorus, but when detailed chemical composition is considered necessary, these may be selected from steels in Part 2, Set 1 in relation to the diameter of the wire and the tensile strength level required.
Table 1 specifies the tensile strength limits for mild steel wire while Tables 2 to 13 refer to drawn wire for wood screws, rivets, spokes and nipples, bead wire for tyres, staple pins, needles, umbrella ribs, split pins ten&e
reeds and steel wire for aluminium conductors. The specified properties for hard drawn wire for ropes, upholstery springs,
telegraph and telephone wires , are covered in Tables 14 to 18.
cold formed springs, valve springs, etc, The hard drawn wires for prestressed
concrete and concrete reinforcement are covered in Tables 19-22.
Any tests, additional to the tensile test, for example, torsion test, wrapping test, etc, should be specified in the standard as appropriate.
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR MILD STEEL WIRE
( Clause 2.1 )
CONI~ITION TENSILE STRENGTH MPa
Annealed 500 MUX
Soft drawn 550 Max
3 Hard 450-650
4 Hard 600-800
Hard 700-959
4
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Sec2 ) * 1987
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR WIRE FOR WOOD SCREWS AND MACHINE SCREWS
( Clause 2.1 )
TEPI’SILE ST~ESGTH MPa
Wood screw
Machine screw - Grade I
Grade II
460 Min
440-590
590-780
TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR STEEL WIRE FOR COLD-FORGED RIVETS ( UP TO 20 mm )
( Clause 2.1 )
Annealed condition
As drawn condition
TENSILE YIELD STn?ZSS ELONGATIOX, PERCENT STRENGTH MPa
Min Min ( ON GAUGE LENGTH )
h4Pa 5.65 d/
330-410 160 30
410-490 190 20
TABLE 4 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR SP-OKES AND NIPPLES
( Clause 2.1 )
TENSI~ESTRESGTH MPa
Spoke 1 000-l 300
Nipple 490-640
TABLE 5 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR BEAD WIRE FOR TYRES
( Clause 2.1 )
+$IZE OB WIRE TENSILE STRENGTII ELONGATION AT MPa ( Min ) 2Oy&m,~T”” 1
I mm Min
0.965 1 860 3
1.80 1 720 1 470 3”
1.83 1 720 3 2’49 1 420 4
NOTE - Bronze, brass and copper plated wires shall be heated in superheated steam at 150°C for one hour before testing.
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 1 hlN/m* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm2.
5
IS : 1570 ( Part Z/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 6 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR STAPLES, PINS AND CLIPS
( Clause 2.1 ) TSPE TENSII,E STRENGTH
MPa
1 590-880
2 685-980
3 1 175-I 570
TABLE 7 SPECIFIED TENSILEIJMLTS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR NEEDLES
( Clause 2.1 )
GRADE TENSILE STRENGTH MPa
I 610-730
II 630-760
III 490-690
TABLE 8 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR WIRE FOR UMBRELLA RIBS
( Clause 2.1 )
TYPE OF WIRE GRADE SIZE RANGE TENSILE STRENGTII mm MPa
Hardened/tempered 1 1.60-3.00 1 570-I 870
As drawn 2 1.60-4.00 1 270-I 570
As drawn 3 1’60-2’50 1 570-l 870
TABLE 9 SPECIFIED TENSILE
NOMINAL SIZE GARDE LENGTH (----h--_~ Over up to mm
- 1’6 125
1.6 4 250
PROPERTIES FOR WIRE FORLSPLIT PINS
( Clause 2.1 )
TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION, PERCENT
MPa, Max Min
450 10
450 10
4 8 times:the nominal .vze
450 20
TABLE 10 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR REEDS
( Clause 2. I ) TENSILE STRENGTH
MPa
600-900
6
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 11 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL WIRE FOR HEALD
( Clause 2.1 )
TENSILE STRENGTH
MPa
1 100 Allin Hardened and tempered
a) 1 300-I 700 1
b) 1 600-Z 000 I) Patented and drawn
TABLE 12 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR DRAWN TINNED STEEL WIRE FOR BANDING ARMATURES AND ROTORS
( Clause 2.1 )
TENSILE STRENGTH @2 PERCENTPROOFSTRESS MPa, Min MPa, Min
1 760 1 280
TABLE 13 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR ALUMINIZED STEEL CORE WIRE FOR ALUMINIUM CONDUCTORS ( ACSR )
( Clnuse 2.1 )
NOWNAL DIAXETEIL TENSILE STRESS AT 1 PERCENT ELONGATION PERCENT mm STRENQTH EXTENSION
r---_--h----~ MPa, Mtn Min Over up to Mh MPa ( Gauge Length = 250 mm )
1.25 2.24 1 275 1 170 3.5
2.24 3-15 1240 1 100 4.0
~3.15 3.55 1 205 1 030 4.0
3.55 3.76 1 170 1 000 5.0
3.75 1 135 930 5.0
TABLE 14 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR ROPES
( Clause 2.1 )
L
TENSILE DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH MPa
1230 1 230-I 620
1420 1 420-I 810
15io 1 570-l 960
1770 1 770-Z 160
1960 1 960-Z 340
7
IS : 1570 ( Part P/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 15 SPECIFIED BREAKING LOAD FOR STEEL WERE FOR TELEGRAPH AND TELEPHONE
( Clnusc 2.1 )
NOMINAL DIlMgTER BREAKING LOAD*, N mm Min
1.50
1.80
2’0
2.12
2.50
2’80
3.55
40
5’60 *The values arc based on nominal diameter of wire.
660
940
1 160
1 305
1815
2 295
3 660
4 680
9 170
TABLE 16 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR UPHOLSTERY SPRING
( Clause 2.1 )
NOMINAL DIAMETER mm
1.20 to 2.00
2.10 to 2.65
2’80 to 3.55
4’00
TENSILE STREXGT~X, MPa r-______h__-----_~
Grade I Grade II
1 700-2 000 2 000 to 2 300
1 550-l 750 1 750-l 950
1 450-I 650 1 600-l 800
1 450 Min 1 450 Min
TABLE 17 -PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS
( Clause 2.1 )
UNCOATED WIRE DI i\
( NOMINAL ) mm
TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa, Min R+JDUC?~ION IN AREA, L r-G;axe-l- -----*-Gya-e-3-----;e; PERCENT,
Grade 2 Min
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
0’07 - - 2 550 - -
0.08 - - 2 540 - -
0.09 - - 2 530 - -
0.10 - - 2 530 - -
( Continued )
8
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 17 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS - Contd
UNCOATED WIRE DIA ( NOMINAL )
mm
TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa, Min REDUCTION IN AREA, ~-_-_-_---h__--____~ PERCEINT,
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Min
(1) P-9 (3) (4) (5: (6)
0.11
0’12
0.14
0.16
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.25
0.28
0.30
0.32
0.34
0.36
0.38
0’40
0.43
0.45
0.48
0.50
0.53
0.56
0.60
0’63
0.65
0’70
0’75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0’95
1’00
1.05 1’10
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- -
- -
- -
- -
1 720 2 060
1710 2 050
1 710 2 050
1 700 2 040
1 700 2 040
1 700 2 040
1 690 2 030
1 680 2 020
1 680 2 020
1 670 2 010
1 660 2 000
1 660 2 000
1 650 1 990
1 640 1 980
1 640 1 980
1 630 1 970
1 620 1 960
1 610 1 950
1 600 1 930
1 590 1 920
1 580 1910
1 570 1 900
1 560 1 890 1 550 1 880
2 520
2 520
2 510
2 500
2 500
2 490
2 480
2 470
2 460
2 460
2 450
2 450
2 440
2 430
2 430
2 420
2 410
2 400
2 390
2 380
2 370
2 360
2 340
2 330
2 320
2 300
2 280
2 260
2 250
2 250
2 240
2 210 2 190
-
2 700
2 680
2 670
2 660
2 660
2 650
2 640
2 630
2 620
2 620
2 610
2 600
2 590
2 580
2 570
2 560
2 550
2 540
2 540
2 530
2 500
2 480
2 460
2 440
2 420
2 400
2 3801 2 3701
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -_ - - -
40
( Continued )
9
IS : 1570 ( Part P/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 17 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF PATENTED AND COLD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR COLD FORMED SPRINGS - Contd
UNCOATED TENSILE STRENQ~H, MPa, Min REDUCTION IN AX-EA, WTRE nr A -_------_- h_-_-,-__-~ PORTEND,
( N&INAL ) Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Min
(3) 1 860 1 850 1 840 1820 1 800 1 780 1 760 1 750 1 730 1 720 1 700 1 680 1 660 1 640 1 620 1 600 1 570 1 550
(4) 2 170 2 140 2 130 2 110 2 100 2 080 2 050 2 030 2 010 1 990 1 960 1 940 1910 1 890 1 860 1 840 1 830
(5)
“2”3”5”0 2 300 2 290 2 260 2 250 2 220 2 190 2 180 2 160 2 130 2 100 2 070 2 050 2 030 2 000 1 980 1 960
(6)
40
mm
(1) 1.20 1.25 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1’70 l-80
(2) 1 540 1 530 1 520 1 500 1 490 1 470 1 460 1 440 1 430 1 420 1410 1 400
1’90 2’0 2.1 2.25 2.40 2.5 2.6
;::
;:;
33::
4.0 4.25 45 4.75 5.0 5.3 5%
;:“3
6.5 7.0
;:;
8.5
380 370 360 340 320 310 290 270 260
250 250 230 210 190 170 150 130 120 110 090
070 050 020
:’ 1 1 1 1 1 790
1 760 1 750 1 720
1 700 1 680 1 660 1 620
600 570 550 530
: 530 510
1 490
480 460 440 420 390 370 350 320 310 290 260
250 220 200
920 i 890 860 1 840-l 820 , 800 1 770 1
1 750 1 1 720 ) 1 690 1
1
1 1
35
1 670 / 1 640 I 1 620’1 16lOJ
1 500 1 480 1 460
1430 1 400 1 370 1 350
1310 1 290
- -
1 570 1 1 540 ! 1 500 t
30
14801 9’0 1 000
*E 990 980 10.5 - 11’0 - 12’0 - 12.5 - 13.0 - 14.0 - 15.0 - 16.0 - 17.0 -
1 180
1 150 1 130 1 100 1 080 1 040 1 030 1 020
990
c
- -
- - - -
- - 970 960 950
- - -
-
NOTE 1 - 1 MPa = 1 N/mm” = 1 MN/m2 = 0.1 020 kgf/mm2.
NOTE 2 -The maximum tensile strength of a particular grade shall be the mini- mum tensile strength of the next higher grade subject to a maximum range of 250 N/mm2 between the maximum and the minimum. In case of Grade 4, the higher limit may be mutually agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
10
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 18 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF OIL HARDENED AND TEMPERED SPRXNG STEEL WIRE AND VALVE SPRING WIRE
( Clause 2.1 )
WIRE DIA ( NOMINAL )
1.00 1’05 I.10
1.20 I.25 1.30 1.40 -
1’50 1’60 1.70 1.80 1’90
--
;:y
2.25 2.4
--.--__ 2’5
22:; ------_
3.0 3.2
--_--_ 3.4
---____
33:; -------
40 ----__
425 -----__
z5 5.0
-----_
2:; v--w-_
6.0 --
-
TOLERANCE
727
-f 0.015
& 0.020
& 0.030
* 0.04
& 0.06
r
-
-
I
-
TENSILE STKENG’IH, MPa, Min, BOB
REDUCTION IN AREA,
GRADES PERCENT, Min, FOR
GRADES -__--h__--~
SW VW (------h_---~
SW VW (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 760 1 670
I &O 1 ‘s90 --____.._-__-
1 720 1 620
120 1 %O
1 670 1 570
1 zo 1 &o
45 45
1 620 1 520
I$0 1 tzo
----__---___ 1 570 1 470
1 f7020 l%O
1 520 1 430
1 I%0 1 t5030 i
-------__--__ 1 480 1 400
1 fGo30 1 ?oo -_-_-__--__-_- c
_-w-m--_____
42 42 1 440 1 370
to 1 590 l%O ------_--_.-_-
--.--_--__-___-_
1 400 1 340
1 &o lf400 40 40
( Continued)
11
IS :1570(Part P/See2 ) -1987
TABLE 18 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF OIL HARDENED AND TEMPERED SPRING STEEL WIRE AND VALVE SPRING WIRE - Contd
WIREDIA TOLERANCE (NOMINAL)
TENSILESTRENOTH, MPa, Min, ROK
GRADES
REDUCTIONIN AREA, PERCENT, Min, BOR.
GRADES
6.3 ------_-
6’5 7.0 7’5 & 0.06 _---__- 8’0
-----__ 8.5
_______ --------__- 9’0 9.5
-----me- f 0.08
10’0 I__-___- _______-___
10 5 11’0 12.0 12’5 * 0.12 13.0 14.0
1 360 1 300 40 40
$0 ltiOO j --_......---_--_-_ 38 38
__---_--_--- I I 1 290
l &o -
-___-_-
_-----
------__---_
1 250
I ‘_ 35
l%O -
I :
NOTE -lN/mm* = lMN/mz = 0*102Okgf/mm2.
TABLE 19 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
( Cluusc 2.1 )
NOMINALDIADZETEP. TENSILE STRENGTH mm MPa
Min
3.25 1 765
400 1715
5.00 1 570 c NOTE - 1 N/mm2 = 1 MN/m2 = 0*1020kgf/mm*.
12
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
TABLE 20 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD DRAWN AND STRESS RELIEVED WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
( Cfausc 2.: )
NOMINAL DrAnwrx:lr TENSILE STRENGTH, Min ELONQATION, PERCENT mm MPa Mm ( GL 200 mm )
2.50 2 010 2-50
3.00 1 860 2’50
4.00 1715 390
5.00 1 570 4-00
7.00 1 470 490
8.00 1 370 400
TABLE 21 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
( Clause 2.1 )
TENSILE STRIZNGTII 0.2 PERCENT PUOOF ELONQATION, PERCENT STRESS (GLBD)
MPa MPa
570, Min _: ‘* .I 480, Min 7.5 Min ,~..
TABLE 22 SPECIFIED TENSILE PROPERTIES FOR INDENTED HARD DRAWN STEEL WIRE FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
( Clause 2.1 )
NOMINAL DIAMW~EI~. TENSILE STRENGTH 0.2 PERCENT PROOF ELONGATIONPER- Min STRESS, Min CENT, Min
mm M Pa MPa (GL200mm)
5.00 1 570 1 335 3.5
4.00 I715 1 460 3
3.00 1 860 1 580 2-5
c
13
IS : 1570 ( Part 2/Set 2 ) - 1987
( Cxztinued from page 2 )
Subcommittee for Revision of IS : 1570, SMDC I9 : 5
CO?lW?lH Rcpressnting
SHRI P. K. CAAKRAVARTY M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
Members
SHRI A.K. CEAKRAVORTY Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI K. L. CHAKRAB~RTY Ministry of Defence ( DGI )
&RI G. N. KHADENQAN ( Alternate ) DR S. CHAKRAVORTY Usha Alloy and Steels Ltd, .Jamshrdpur SHRI K. BALARAMAMURTRY Nuclear Fuel Complex, Hyderabad
SHRI R. KALIDAB ( Ahmzte ) SHRI R. C. JHA JOINT DIRECTOR ( MET ), RDSO
Alloy Steels Plant ( SAIL ), Durgapur Ministry of Railways
ASSISTANT DIRXOTOR, RDSO ( Alternate ) DR K. V. KRISHNA~~URTHY Sundaram Fasteners Ltd, Madras
SHRI D. JAYARAMAN ( Alternate ) SHRI A. N. ~MITRA Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
SHRI SURESH GUPTA ( Alternate ) DR N. MOHAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd,Ranchi SERI PRAEASH NARAIN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay
SHRI R. BALAJI ( Alternate ) DR R. V. PATIIY Alloy Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay SRRI M. K. PRAMANIE Iron & SteeLControl, Calcutta SHRI S. PANDIT Foundry Forge Plant. Heavy Engineering Corpo-
ration Ltd, Ranchi SHRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate )
SHRI A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers’, Bombay
SHRI K. K. SEN Pratap Steel Rolling Mills Ltd, Ballabgarh SHRI S. N. SINaH DR G. VE~KATARAMAN
Tata Engineering & Locomotive Co Ltd! Jamshedpur Bbarat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchlrappalli
SHRI D. P. VERNEKAR Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. HARIDASA ACHAR ( Alternate )
14
IS : 1370
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT
(Part III) - 1979 ( RdfImd 1993)
STEELS
PART III CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE
CUTTING STEELS
( First Revision )
‘Sixth Reprint NOVEMBER 1998
UDC 669.14.018.232 (083.4)+669-15’74-194 (083.4)
Q CopyrtglJr 1979
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAPAR MARO
NEW DELHI llCNW2
cr 5 October 1979;
182 1570 ( Part III ) - a973
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART ill CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE CUTTING STEELS
( First Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman
DR G. MIJKHER~EE
Members
SHRI A. N. BISWA~ SHRI S. K. BASU ( Alfcmate)
SHRI B. C. Bxswrs SHRI A. M. BISWAS ( Alternate )
SHRI P. K. CHAERAVARTY DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Allmate)
Sam P.K. CHATTERJEE
Rspruaaf ing
Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur
Guest, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah
National Test House, Calcutta
The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI P.K. GANGOPADHYAY (Altcmate)
SHRI K. M. CHAUDIIVRY National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamrhedpur
SnaI DA%I<ATIiA The Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ ( Ahnate 1
S~nr S. V. DATAR khmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SHRI M. K. GHOSR (Alternate)
’ . SARI A. D. DIAS SRRI M. K. DATT~
The Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels Plant ),
Durgapur SHRI 12. C, JHA ( Aifnnale )
Sam S. B. GUPTA Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SHZZI P. K. G+~E ( Alfemafe ) - Jo;;~~,~,~~cToR (MET), KESEARCH Ministry of Railways
A~YD STANDARDS ORQA~~ZAY;ON
DETUTY DIRECTOR ( MET-II ), RDSO ( Almale)
( CmJiwd on pug6 2 )
@ Cogyri~hl 1979
BUREAU OF INDlAN STANDARDS
This publication ls protected under the lndian Cogrrig!u Act (XIV of 1957) and
I
reproduction in wbole or in part by any means except with written pcrmlssion of the
publisher &all be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
IS t lS70 ( Part III ) - 1979
( Con!inucdfrom page 1 )
Members Rejmenting
Smr S. 1~. Kri~ns Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay SHRI V. N. PANDAY ( Altmat~)
SHRI R. S. KOTHAWALE Bharat Forge Co Ltd, Mundhwa, Pune SHRI S. S. LAKKIJNDI ( Aitsrnatr )
DR D.P. I.AHIIU Ministry of Defence ( R & D) SBRI I. N. BHATIA ( Altematr)
SI~RI K. N. MEHRA Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi SWRI D. K. DAS ( Alternate)
SHRI L. MISHRA Directorate General of Technical Development, New Delhi
SHRI M. K. BANERJEE ( Alternafa) SHRI A. PADMANABHAN A&ok Leyland Ltd, Madrm SHRI I. M. PAX Firth India Steel Co Ltd. Thane
SHRI B. M. Par ( AI&MLU ) Da R. V. PATTY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay; and Alloy
Steel Producen’ Association of Indra, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANA ( Altmnufr )
SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Mahindra Ugine Steel ‘Co Ltd, Bombay Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta
&RI S. S. Sa~r ( Altnnak ) DR V. RAMASWAMY Research & Development Centre for Iron and
Steel I HSL ), Ranchi . .. SHRI S. R. MF~IRATTA ( Ahmale )
SH~I M. RANOASHAI Hindustan Machine Tools Ltd, Bangalore. SHRI SANJIT SEN ( Al&ma& I ) SHRI P. RAMA PBASA~ ( Al&mafr II )
SEBI b. K. RDY The Tata Engineerihg end Locomotive CO Ltd, Jamrhedpur
DE S. K. MONDAL ( Al!nmfs) SERI D. SRINXVABAN Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta
DR S. K. CHATTEBJEE ( Altmak ) Smu Y. C. SUBBAHMANYA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SERI K. S. VAIDYANATEAN M. N. Destur h Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SARI C. J. DAVE ( AI&n& ) SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO,
Director ( Strut & Met) Director General, IS1 ( Ex-e&c Mrmbn )
SEBI VIJAY Ku- Aeeietant Director ( Metal8 ), ISI
Subcommittee for the Revision of ScheduJe for Wrought Steel for General Engineering Purposes, SMDC 19 : 5
Conuaur
SEBfP.K. CLCAKBAVAETY The Tata Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Jamrhedpur
M#hTJ
Sarrx S. K. BAEV Gust, Keen, Williams Ltd, Howrah SasrP.K. CEATTEBJEE Minirtry of Defence ( DGI )
S=xM.K.Smr (A&em&) ( amtimed on fige 17 )
2
IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
Indian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS I
PART III CARBON AND CARBON-MANGANESE FREE CUTTING STEELS
( First Revision ) I
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part III ) ( First Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 5 March 1979, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS : 1570-1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:
Part I Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties
Part II Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels )
Part IV Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )
Part V Stainless and heat-resisting steels*
Part VI Tool steels
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 (Part I )-1974t
b) Change in carbon content of grade 13S25
c) Change in mechanical properties of grad& 4OS18 and 4OMn2S12.
0.4 The method for designating free cutting rteels is detailed in Appendix A for information.
*Already publthed u IS : 1570 ( Put V )-1972. t&de for designation of StecL: Put I Bared on letter rymbolr.
3
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed 0’; calculated, express- ing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2‘_1960*. The number of significant places retained ih the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard,
1. SCOPE
1.1 This schedule ( Part III ) is applicable to standards for carbon and carbon-manganese free cutting steels supplied to a specified composition ( see Table 1 ).
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE STANDARD STEELS
C Si IUn S P PERCENT PEzCENT PEBCENT PERCENT PEBCENT
* New
(1) 10c8s10
14cl4Sl4
25Cl2Sl4
4OClOSl8
1 lClOS25
4ocl5s12
Old Y
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
( lOSl1) 0.15 Max 0.05.0.30 0*60.090 O-08.0*13 0.060 Max
( 14MnlSl4) O*lO-0.18 0.05.0.30 1*20.1*50 0.10.0.18 OQ60 Max
(25MnlSl4 ) 0.20-0.30 0.25 Max 1*00-l-50 0.10.0.18 0.060 Mu
- (4OSl8_) 0.35-0-45’ 0.25 MUX 0.80.1.20 0.14-0.22 0.060 Max
(llS2_5) 0.08-0.15 0.10 &fax 0.80.1.20 0.20.&30 0.060 MOX
(4OMn2SJz) 0.35.0.45 0.25 Max l-30.1.70 098-0.15 0960 Mar
NOTE 1’ -The steel may be sup lied in killed or semi-killed type. In case of killed steel, minimum silicon level I R ould be 0.10 percent.
NOTE 2 elements.
-When required lead and other elements ‘are specified ar added
2. GENERAL
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mecha- nical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steel8 Sectional Committee, SMDC 19, and its approval obtained.
*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( rmirrd).
4
1s :.15fO (Part IQ) - 1979
2.2 In addition to defining the composition limits, the specified mechani- cal properties applicable to the different conditions are included. Table 2 gives values for the hot-rolled or normalized condition based on ruling sections up to 150 mm and for larger sizes some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition may be necessary. Mechanical properties for cold-drawn bars, and,for hardened and tempe- red bars and forgings, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicable are given in Tables 3 and 4. Table 5 gives the properties for case-hardening steels, that is, the properties obtainable in the core of the case-hardened parts after refining and quenching.
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT ROLLED OR
NORMALIZED CONDITION
DESIONATION TENSILE STREXDTH ELONOATION, PEIICENT, r___--h--_--~ Mltl
New Old Gauge Length
(1) (2) (3) (4) MPa*
loc8sIo ( 10511) 370-450 24
14C14Sl4 ( 14hInlSE) 440-540 22
25ClZS14 (25MnlSE) 500-600 20
4OClOS18 (4oSlZ) 550-650 17
1 lClOS25 (llS25) 370-490 22
4OC15512 ( 4OMn2S I2 ) 600-700 15 - KOTE - Minimum values for yield stress may be rrquired in certain specilica-
tions and in such cases a minimum yield stress of 55 percent of the minimrrm tensile strength should be satisfactory.
l l MPa = IN/mm8 = 0.102 0 kgf/mma.
2.3 For some purposes, a minimum yield stress is regarded as a specifica- tion requirement and minimum yield stress values are, therefore, given for some of the physical conditions for inclusion in specifications, if required.
2.4 Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars, forgings and parts is given in Appendix B.
2.5 In addition to the tensile ranges, values for the specified minimum percentage elongation corresponding to the specified tensile ranges are included in the Schedule. Different types of test pieces are used for the tensile test. The values given in this schedule are based on a gau.ge length
of 5.65 dxand if test pieces of other than 5.65 1/xgauge length are used elongation conversion may be obtained from IS : 3803-1974..
*Elongation conversions for rteel (Jrsf rruirion ).
5
tif ”
Y m 8
A
TABLES SPEU?IEDX7WSILEWMIT8FORCOLDDMWNMRS
( claus 2.2 )
Old Tenrile Elongation.
(1) (2)
0, 1oaBlO (‘10s~ )
14O14Sw ( 14MalSf~
25Cl2!314 (25IWSl~)
-10 ( 4oq
llCloS25 ( 1182j)
4ocwSl2 ( 4oha2S12 )
(9 bfw
500
5s
620
640
500
600
10
10
8
8
8
7
Tentile SwMzth.
(5) MPa’
460
520
560
600
440
640
10
11
10
10
11
8
Tensile
Yzlfths
(7) MP8’
420
460
520
560
UM
620
(8)
13
12
11
11
13
10
(9) MP8.
310 440
500
550
370
600
01 MPa - 1 N/mm* I @lo20 kgf/mm&
IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION
( Clause 2.2 )
DEM~NATION TENSILE YlrnL0 ELONOATI~N Imn I.ibf1T1~0 ~-.--A---- ---, STI~ENOTIi STm?Sl3, New Old
PERCENT, IMPACT RULING Min Min SECTION
(if specified) GAUQE VALUE, Min ( if
LENOTE specified ) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
MPIl, MPa* J mm
4OClOS18 ( 4OS18 ) 600-750 380 700-850 480
18 ;1 60 17 35 30
600-750 420 4OC15S12 (4OMn2S12) i 700-850 500
- 800-950 560
l l MPa = 1 N/mm2 CT 0*1020 kgf/mmr.
18 48 100 Is8 :Y 60
30
TABLE 5 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE HARDIbNING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED
CONDITION ( CORE PROPERTIES )
( Clause 2.2 )
DEEIONATION TENSILE ELONQATION,
FNZ
‘---A--y STRENGTE PERCENT, IUD IXP$~T VALUE, LIMITING
RULINO Old Min ( if specified ) SECTION
Gauge Length
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) MPa* J mm
10c8s10 ( IOSll ) 500 17 55 30
lOC14S14 ( 14M:lSlJ ) 600 17 41 30 -
l l MPa = 1 N/mma = O-102 0 kgf/mm?
2.6 The notch toughness of steels after hardening end tempering is sometimes assessed by an impact test and values for incorporation in specifications, if required, are given in the relevant tables of the schedule.
2.7 The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test ramplo taken from a standard location which should be included in the speci- fication.
2.6 Any additional tests apart from those given in this schedule, should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.
7
IS: 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
APPENDIX A ( Cluusc 0.4 )
NEW SYSTEM OF DESIGNATION OF STEELS
A-l. GENERAL
A-l.1 The new system of designation of steel is based on the draft IS0 proposal submitted by India to ISO/TC 17 ‘ Steel ’ for for~~ulation of an international standard. Details of the new designation system are given in IS: 1762 (Part I)-1974*.
A-2. STEELS DESIGNATED ON THE BASIS OF CHEMZCAL COMPOSITION
A-2.1 Unalloyed Free-Cutting-Steels - The designation shall consist Of:
a) b) 4 d)
Figure indicating 100 times the average percentage of carbon;
Letter ‘ C ‘;
Figure indicating 10 times the average percentage of manganese;
Symbol ( S ‘, ‘ S, ‘, ‘ T, ’ or ‘Pb’ depending on the element present which makes the steel free-cutting fo!lowed by the figure indicating 100 times the percentage content of the element. In the case of the phosphorized steels the symbol ‘ P ’ shall be included; and
e) If necessary, symbols indicating special characteristics as follows:
1. Method of designation - Depending on whether the &eel is killed, semi-killed or rimming variety, the following symbols shall be used to indicate the steel making prxtice:
i) R = rimming steel, and
ii) K = killed steel. NOTE - If no symbol is used, it rhall mean tbat the steel is of semi-killed
tYP=. 2. Steel quality - The following symbols shall be used to indicate
steel quality:
= Non-ageing quality,
= Inclusion controlled, &rd I Internal homogeneity guaranteed.
*Code for designation of rteel: Part I Based on letter symbols (jirrt rmiriiw).
28 t 1579 ( Part III ) - 1979
3. Degree of purity - The sulphur and phosphorus levels ( ladle analysis ) shall be expressed as follows:
Symbol Maximum Content in Percent ~_~_~____~~h-~~~~---~
Phosphorus Sulphur
P2.5 0.025 0.025
P35 0.035 0.035
- P50 0.050 0.050
P70 0.070 0*050
No symbol will mean 0.055 0.055
The above symbols use the letter ‘ P ’ followed by 1CO times the maximum percentage of sulphur and phosphorus. In case the maximum contents of sulphur and phosphorus are not same., the following procedure shall be followed:
Symbol SP shall be used to indicate the levels followed by:
a) 100 times the maximum sulphur rounded off* to the nearest integer.
b) 100 times the maximum phosphorus rounded off* to the nearest integer.
Example:
Maximum sulphur 5 O-045 percent
Maximum phosphorus c 0;035 percent
Designation: SP 44.
4. Weldability guarantee - Guaranteed weldability of steel as determined by tests mutually agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer shall be indicated by the following symbols:
W = Fusion weldable, and bV, = Weldable by resistance welding but not fusion
weldable.
5. Resistance to brittle fracture - Symbols ‘ B ‘, * BO ‘, ‘ B2 ’ or ‘ B4 ’ indicating resistance to brittle fracture based on the results of the V-notch Charpy impact test.
For steels B, BO, B2 and B4 a test should be made with Charpy V-notch specimens, taken in the direction of rolling with the notch perpen- dicular to the surface of the plate or product.
*Rounding off shall be done according to the ruler given in IS : 2-1960 Ruler for rounding off numerical valuer (r&ed).
9
1s 1 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
Steels B, BO, B2 and B4 are characterized by an average V-notch Charpy impact value according to the following table:
Steels
(1)
SpeciJed UTS Range c------------ A-_--_--~--~__--~
370 to 520 MPa* 500 to 700 MPa* ~------- ----7 c-------~
Energy Temperature Energy Temperature
(2) (3) (4) J "C J
28 27 40
28 0 28 40
28 -20 28 40
28 -40 $0”
(5)
“C
27
-10 0
-30 -20
-50 -40
B
BO
B2
B4
6. Surface Condition - The following symbols shall be used to indicate surface condition:
Sl = Deseemed or scarfed; S2 = Descaled; s3 = Pickled ( including washing and neutralizing ); s4 = Shot, grit or sand blasted; s5 = Peeled ( skinned ); S6 = Bright drawn or cold rolled: and s7 m Ground.
NOTE - If no symbol is used, it ahall mean that the surface is in as-rolled or u-forged condition.
7. Formability ( uj@hble to sheet orto ) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate drawability:
Dl P Drawing quality,
D2 P Deep drawing quality, and
D3 I Extra deep drawing quality.
NOTE - If no symbol is used, it aball mean that the steel is of ordinary quditp.
+1 MPa - 1 N/mm* = O-1020 kgf/mm%
IO
8. Surface finish ( afl$dicable to sheet or@) - The following symbols shall be used to indicate the surface finish:
Fl = General purpose finish,
F2 = Full finish,
F3 3 Exposed,
F4 = Unexposed,
F5 - Matt finish,
F6 = Bright finish,
F7 = Plating finish,
F8 = Unpolished finish,
F9 - Polished finish,
FlO - Polished and. coloured blue,
Fll = Polished and coloured yellow,
F12 = Mirror finish,
F13 - Vitreous enamel finish, and
F14 = Direct annealed finish.
9. Treatment - The.following symbols shall be used to indicate the treatment given to the steel:
Tl - Shot-peened,
T2 - Hard-drawn,
T3 I Normalized*,
T4 = Controlled rolled,
T5 = Annealed,
T6 = Patented,
T7 P Solution-treated,
T8 - Solution-treated and aged,
T9 =: Controlled cooled,
TlO = Bright annealed,
Tll = Spherodixed,
T12 - Stress-relieved,
T13 = Case-hardened*, and
T14 = Hardened and tempered. Noxx - If no rynhol is used, it means that the steel is hot-rolled.
*Including tempering if done.
11
IS I 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
10. Elevated temperature properties - For guarantee with regard to elevated temperature propertics, the letter ‘ H ’ shall be used. However. in the designation only the room temperature properties shall be shown. Elevated temperature properties shall be intimated to the purchaser separately by the manu- facturer.
11. Cryogenic quality - For guarantee with regard to low tempe- rature properties, the letter ‘ L’ shall be used. However, only the room temperature properties shall be indicated in the designation.
Examples:
35ClOSl4K Free-cutting steel with average 0.35 percent carbon, 1 percent manganese and O-14 percent sulphur, killed quality.
20Cl2Pbl5T14 Free-cutting steel with average 0.15 percent lead, 0 20 percent carbon and 1.2 percent manganese, hardened and tempered.
A-2.2 Free Cutting Alloy Steels - The steel designation shall be as for low, medium and high alloy steels as given in IS : 1762 ( Part I )-1974* except that depending on the percentage of S, Se, Te, and Zr present, the designation shall also consist of the chemical symbol of the element present followed by the figure indicating 100 times its content.
Examples:
Xl5Cr25Nil5S40 Alloy free-cutting steel with carbon O-15 percent, chromium 25 percent, sulphut 0.40 percent.
nickel 15 percent and
Xl2Crl8Ni3S25 Alloy free-cutting steel with 1G percent chromium nickel 3 percent and sulphur 0.25 percent;
*Code for designation of steel: Part I Based on letter symbols (Jrsr rmitiom j.
12
I8 t 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
APPENDIX B
( Clause 2.4 )
INFORMATION ON RULING SECTION
El. The mechanical properties obtained from a steel of a given composi- tion are fundamentally influenced by the speed of cooling from a tempera- ture above the upper critical point, that is, from the hardening or normalizing temperature. Also .for a given method of cooling, for example, oil-quenching, the rate of cooling is strongly affected by the size and shape of the part being treated. Therefore, for a steel of a given composi- tion, the mechanical properties attained are affected not only by the method of cooling employed, but also by the size and shape of part at the time of heat treatment. Thus, although it may be possible to obtain effective hardening by oil-quenching a small section of a steel of a parti- cular composition, it may not be possible to produce satisfactory hardening throughout the mass when parts of larger cross-sectional dimensions are oil-quenched. In such circumstances a steel of a different composition has to be selected. This inter-relation between the mechanical properties obtained and the size and shape of the part at the time of heat treatment is sometiTles referred to as ‘ mass effect ‘:
B-2. It is, therefore, necessary, when selecting the steel which should be used to attain certain specitied mechanical properties after heat treat- ment, to know the size and shape of the part to be. heat-treated. The cross-sectional dimensions of that portion of the forging or part, where it is most important to obtain the desired mechanical properties, are regarded as the ‘ ruling sections ’ of the part. In the case of round bar, the diameters is the ruling section, but, as many shapes other than round bars require heat treatment, it is desirable to, be able to relate the rates of cooling of other shapes to their equivalent sections of round bar. The diameters of round bars, the centres of which would cool through a given temperature range at the same rate as the centres of rectangular and square bars of selected sizes have been assessed and the restilting a equivalent ruling rections ’ are given in Tables 6 and 7. Table 6 gives the equivalent ruling section in terms of diameter of round bar for rectangular and square sections when oilquenched,*while Table 7 gives the same information for air-cooling. As examples of how the tables may be applied, the centre of a square section of 100 mm sides will, when oil- quenched, cool at the same rate as a round section of 108 mm diameter and the equivalent ruling section of a slab 140 mm wide x 60 mm thick will, for oilquenching, be 88 mm. In the ease of other regular sections, close approximations may usually be made since the order of decreasing
13
ISr1570 (Pa&III)-1979
rate of cooling is, round, octagonal, hexagonal and square, while oval sections with major axis a and minor axis 6 will cool more dowly than a round bar of diameter b but faster than u rectangle u x b.
TABLE 6 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTXONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, OIL QUENCHING
( C~JU 2.4, B-2 )
WIDTH or Tmorwrnl or S~OTIOY SIBOTION my pr--- --A---L 3
20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
r----- ?
DIAMETBB OY EQUIVAL~~ ROUND@
(1) (2) mm mm
10 10 20 14 30 16 40 17 50 17 60 17 80 17
100 17 120 17 140 17 160 17 180 17 200 17 225 17 250 17 300 17 350 and over 18
(3) (4) (5) (6)
mm mm mm mm
a - - -
21 - - - 26 32. - - 29 37 43 - 31 40 48 54 32 43 51 59 32 46 57 66 33 47 60 71 33 48 62 74 33 48 63 76 33 48 63 77 33 48 63 77 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 48 63 78 33 49 63 78
(7) (8) (9)
mm mm mm
-
65 - - 74 87 - 80 96 108 85 102 117 88 108 125 90 112 131 91 115 136 92 117 140 92 119 I43 92 120 145 92 121 148 92 121 150
(10) (11) mm mm
-
130 - 140 152 148 x 154 x
X X X X
X. X X X
X. X
x Greater than 160 mm.
Is : 1570 ( Part III ) - 1979
TABLE 7 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING
( Cfawes 2.4, B-2 )
WIDTH 01 THICKNESS OF SECTION SECrION -F------- --_*------__-_-__--~
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
‘
DXAMETEROFEQUIVALENTROUNDS
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) mm mm mm mm mm mm
10 10 - - - -
20 13 20 - - -
30 15 24 30 - -
40 16 27 34 40 -
50 16 29 38 45 51
60 17 30 41 49 55
80 17 32 45 54 62
100 17 33 47 58 68
120 17 34 49 62 72
140 17 34 50 64 76
160 17 34 51 66 79
180 18 35 51 67 81
200 18 35 52 68 83
225 18 35 52 69 85
250 18 36 53 70 86
300 18 37 54 71 88
350 and over 20 39 59 78 97
>c Greater than 160 mm.
(7) (8) (9) mm mm mm
- -
- -
-
- -
-
61
70
76
82
86
90
93
95
98
100
104
115
-
81 -
90 102
98 111
104 119
109 126
114 132
117 137
121 142
125 147
131 155
152 X
(10) mm
-
-
-
-
-
122
132
140
148
154
X X X X
(11) mni
-
-
-
-
-
-
142
152
X X X
X X X
B-3. In the case of parts of nonuniform section, not only is it necessary to consider which is the most important portion of the forging in which the specified properties are essential, but also to consider the relation of the length of any enlarged portion to its diameter. For example, in the case of a’forging with a barrel, the length L of which is greater than the diameter D ( see Fig. 1A ), this diameter will be the ruling dimension. In the case of a collar, the diameter Dr of which is greater than the thickness I ( see Fig. 1B ), the collar may be considered as a disc of which the thickness is the governing dimension although the ruling section of the part as a whole for practical purposes will be the diameter Dz. For
15
forgings where the dimension B and thickness I of the portion of largest cross sectiori are similar ( see Fig. 1C ), the dimension A, between the centre and the nearest .points of the external surface will in general determine the ruling section.
ISI IC
FIO. 1 TYPICAL DIAGRAM FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF RULING SECTION
B-4. In Table 4, which gives the mechanical properties for steels in the hardened and tempered condition, are included .the limiting ruling sections, that is, the maximum diameter of round bar to which the specified properties apply after hardening and tempering. For example, in the case of steel 4OClOS18 ( 4OS18 ) 4 the properties associated with a ‘tensile strength of 700-800 MPa*be obtained in round bar up to 100 mm m diameter or in other shapes whose equivalent ruling sections do not exceed that dimension, but for a tensile strength of 800-950 MPa*, the limiting ruling section is 63 mm, Therefore, to obtain a tensile strength 800-900 MPa* in parts with ruling sections greater than 63 mm other steels, such as 35Mn2Moz or 40CrlMo28 would be necessary. The application of the different steels given in Table 6 or different tensile ranges in relation to the limiting ruling section is summarized in Table 7.
l I MPa - 1 N/md - O-102 0 kgf/md.
16
IS t 1570 ( Part III ) m. 1979
( Cbarinued from past 2 )
M6dtlS , Rtjmwnf ing
SARI M. K. DUTTA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Durgapur Steel
SEW R. C. JHA ( Af~annk) Plant ), Durgapur
JOINT DIXECTO~ (MET), MinistryofRailways REBEARCH DESIGNS & STANDARDS ORGANIZATION
ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ( MS ) ( Alfmtofs ) Da N. KONDAL Rko Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay
SHRI K. BALARAYAYOORTEY ( Altmatr ) Dn N. MORAN Bihar Alloy Steels Ltd. Ranchi DR R. V. PATHY* A~Io~~~;;~ Producers -Association of India,
SHRI M. K. PRAMANIX Iron & Steel Control, Calcutta SERI R. C. PRA~AD Heavy Engineering Corporation Ltd, Ranchi
SHRI D. K. DAS ( Altmatr ) SH~I A. K. ROY Association of Indian Automobile Manufacturers,
Bombay SARI A. R. V. SUBRAMANIAN Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Khopoli DR G. VENXATARAXAN Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchchirappalli
l Dr E. V. PsWy Is also alternste to 811rl A. It. V. Babramanlm reprcsentin~ tiblndrr U~lne SLsel Co Ltd. Khopoll.
17
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters: Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 3375,323 9402 Fax : 91 11 3234062,91 11 3239399, 91 11 3239382
Central Laboratory :
Plot No. 20/9, Site IV, Sahibabad Industrial Area, Sahibabad 201010
Regional OMces:
Telegrams : Manaksanstha (Common to all Offices.)
Telephone
8-77 00 32
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, NEW DELHI 110002 32376 17
*Eastern : l/14 CIT Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 62
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 23523 15
twestern : Manakalaya, E9, Behind Mar01 Telephone Exchange, Andheri (East), 832 92 95 MUMBAI 400093
Branch Offices::
‘Pushpak’, Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001 5501348
SPeenya Industrial Area, 1 st Stage, Bangalore-Tumkur Road, BANGALORE 560058
839 49 55
Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 462003 55 40 21
Plot No. 62-63, Unit VI, Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001 40 36 27
Kalaikathir Buildings, 670 Avinashi Road, COIMBATORE 641037 21 01 41
Plot No. 43, Sector 16 A, Mathura Road, FARIDABAD 121001 8-28 88 01
Savitri Complex, 116 G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-71 1998
53/5 Ward No.29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-lane, GUWAHATI 781003 54 11 37
5-8-56C, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 201083
E-52, Chitaranjan Marg, C-Scheme, JAIPUR 302001 37 29 25
1171418 B, Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005 21 68 76
Seth Bhawan, 2nd floor, Behind Leela Cinema, Naval Kishore Road, 23 89 23 LUCKNOW 226001
NIT Building, Second Floor, Gokulpat Market, NAGPUR 440010 52 51 71
Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 262305
Institution of Engineers (India) Building 1332 Shivaji Nagar, PUNE 411005 32 36 35
T.C. No. 14/l 421, University P. 0. Palayam, THIRUVANANI-IAPURAM 695034 621 17
*Sales Office is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P.O. Princep Street, 271085 . CALCUTTA 700072
YSales Dffice is at Novelty Chambers, Grant Road, MUMBAI 400007
wales Dffice is at ‘F’ Block, Unity Building, Narashimaraja Square, BANGALORE 560002
309 65 28
222 39 71
Printed at F’rintopph, New De& Ph.: 5726847
C,
Indian Standard
SCHEDULESFOR WROUGHT
IS:1570(Part4)-1988 ( Reaffirmed 1995 )
STEELS PART 4 ALLOY STEELS ( ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND SPRING STEELS ) WITH
SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND RELATED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
(First Revision)
Second Reprint JUNE 1998
UDC 669.15.0X29-194+669.14.018.27 (083.4)
0 Copyright 1990
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
Gr6 January 1990
Indian
SCHEDULES FOR
Standard
IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988
WROUGHT STEELS PART 4 ALLOY STEELS ( ALLOY CONSTRUCTIONAL AND SPRING STEELS ) WITH
SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AND RELATED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
( First Revision )
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard (Part 4) (First Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards on 20 June 1988, after the draft hnalized by the .411oy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Com- mittee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 This standard was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and the use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of this standard are as follows:
Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties
Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels )
Part 3
Section 1 Wrought products ( other than wires) with specified chemical composition and related properties
Section 2 Carbon steel wires with related properties
Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Stainless and heat-resisting steels
Tool steels
Creep resisting steels
0.3 The following major modifications have been made in this revision:
a) Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS : 1762 ( Part 1 )-1974*. However, for the sake of easy identification, old designations are also given within * *
‘9
Panel given below have not been included in Table 1, and will form a separate part:
1) 4OCr5Mo60 (4OCrlMo60), 2) 15Cr9Mo6 (15Cr9OMo55), 3) lOCr9MolO (IOCRMol), and 4) 15CrNi6.
c) The following boron steels have been added as their use and production has commenced in the country:
1) 18ClOBT
2) 35C8BT
3) 21ClOBT
4) 26ClOBT
5) 34C14BT
6) 38Cr4Mn2BT
d) The following additional grades of steels have also been added:
1) 6OSi7 7 1 since these are alread
2) 65Si7 ) included in IS : 3195-1982 x 1
3) 6OCr4V2 J and IS : 3431-19827
4) 30Cr4Mo2
5) 42Cr6V 18
because of its extensive usage in automobile and aircraft industry and comparatively better hardenability
because of its better harden- ability and lower cost
6) 15Ni13Cr3Mo2 equivalent to EN 36 included in lieu of 15Ni4Crl which has been deleted
brackets.
The steels rationalized by the Indian Creep *Specification for steel for the manufacture of volute
and hdical springs (for railway rolling stock ) ( second revtswn )
*‘code for designation of steels: Part 1 Based on letter tspecification for steel for manufacture of volute,
symbols ( first revision ). helical and laminated springs for automotive suspension ( second revision 1.
1
IS : 1570 ( Part 4) - 1988
7) 16Ni6Cr7Mo3 equivalent to DIN grade 0.4 This schedule does not give limits for sulphur 17CrNiMo6 and phosphorus. These have to be specified in
8) 20Ni7Cr2Mo2 equivalent to AISI 4320. the detailed specifications.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This standard ( Part 4 ) is applicable to alloy constructional and spring steels supplied to a specified composition as given in Table 1.
2. GENERAL
2.1 While’preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different fromthose given in this schedule should not be made unless special conditions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special, Steels Sectional Committee (SMDC 19), and its approval obtained.
2.2 Many alloy steels, such as those for general constructional purposes, are selected on the basis of tensile strength obtained after a specified heat treatment, but in some applications, for example, ..vhen the. steel is subjected in service to conditions where creep becomes operative, the basis of selec- tion will be the properties of steel under operating conditions. In such cases, however, tensile tests are usually specified as an assessment of the general quality of the material.
2.3 Steels containing about 1.5 percent manganese are used in the form of plates, sections, bars and forgings in the hot rolled or normalized condition and the tensile properties of these steels, based on ruling section up to 150 mm, are included in Table 2. For larger sizes, some adjustment of the specified tensile range for a particular range of composition may be necessary. Details for 1.5 percent manganese steels in the form of cold drawn bar, together with the sizes to which these properties are applicabIe as given in Table 3.
2.4 Alloy steels with medium carbon contents are used for general constructional purposes and are usually hardened and tempered to a tensile strength level appropriate to the duty involved.
The composition of the steel selected depends on the tensile strength required and the size of the ruling section of the part at the time of heat treatment. Thus for the same specified tensile strength, it may be necessary to use different steels for different parts according to the size of the parts at the time of heat treatment . The mecha- nical properties of those steels in the hardened and tempered condition in relation to different ruling sections are given in Table 4. This table. in some cases, includes more than one steel capable of giving in a particular ruling section the same specified range of tensile strength: for
example, both steel 35Mn6Mo3 and 4ONi14 will give a tensile strength of 790 to 940 MPa in ruling section up to 100 mm. This allows some degree of interchangeability but unless special factors are involved, the specified steel should be that giving maximum economy in alloy content. The relationship of the tensile strength of steels in Table 4‘to the limiting ruling sections is summarized in Table 5. Information on the assessment of the ruling section of bars and forgings is given in Tables 6 and 7.
2.5 Steel 55Cr3 is used for the purposes where resistance to wear is a factor and details for this steels are specified in Table 8.
2.6 For case hardened parts requiring higher core strengths than can normally be obtained with a carbon case hardening steel, low carbon alloy steels are required and minimum core strengths specified after hardening are given in Table 9. These are based on heat treatment of test samples of 30 mm diameter except for the steels with a minimum specified tensile strength of 1 090 MPa which are based on heat treatment of samples machined to a test piece size. In this table also, more than one steel is included for a particular minimum core strength but here also due consi- deration should be given to maximum alloy economy, when specifying the steel.
2.7 Some of the steels are used in the form of sheets, strips and tubes, and the tensile properties for these are included in Tables 10 and 11. Different types of test pieces are used for tensile tests depend- ing on the form of the materials, for example, flat test pieces for thin plates, sections and flat bars, unmachined round test pieces for small size round bars; and machined round test pieces for thicker plates. for Jarger size round bars and for square bars and forgings.
2.8 For tensiJe test on tubes, the specified percent- age elongation should be based on the formulae of 950 MPa divided by the actual tensiJe strength kgf/mm2 when using a gauge length equivaJent to 5.654;?:
2.9 The specified mechanical properties arc applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.
2.10 Any test such as bend test: flattening test on tubes. etc, in addition to the tests given in this schedule should also be specified in the standard as appropriate.
2.11 Hardenability value:, for Boron steels arc given in Table 12.
DE.WNATION*
I
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOGTION FOR STANDARD STEEL
(Clause 1.1 )
ChBitCAL COMP~ITI~N, PERCENT h 7
(I)
36Si7 55Si7
c (2)
0~33-040 0.50-0.60
1.50-2 .OO 0.80-l .oo 1*50-2.00 0 *SO-l *OO
MO
(7)
- -
65Si7 0.60-0.70 1.50-2 .OO 0.80-l .OO 6OSi7 0.55-0.65 l-50-2 *oo 0.80-l -00 llC15 0.16. iUux 0 * 10-O -35 1.30-l *70 2oc15 0.16-0.24 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .70
- -
- - -
27Cl5 022-0.32 0.10-0.35 1.30-l *70
1.30-l .70
- - -
37c15 0.32-0.42 0.10-0.35 - -
w
47c15
35Mn6Mo3 0.42-0.50 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .70 0.30-0.40 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .80
- - -
-
0.20-0.35
35Mn6Mo4 0.30-0.40 0.10-0.35 1.30-l .80 lOMo6 0.15, Max 0.15-0.25 0.40-0.70 20Mo6 O-15-0.25 0.15-0.35 0.40-0.70 33Mo6 0.25-0.40 0.10-O .35 0~40-0*70 15Cr3 0.12-0.18 0.15-0.35 0.40-O %O
0.30, Max 0.30, Max 0 *30, Max
-
- 0.35-0.55 0.25, Max 0.45-O .65 0 *25, Max 0.45-0.65 0 *25, Max 0.45-0.65 0.50-0.80 -
16MnSCr4 0.14-0.19 1.00-l .30 0~80-1~10 -
2OMnSCr5 0.17-0.22
0.10-0.35
O.lO-0.35 1 .00-l .40 1 .00-l .30
55Cr3 4OCr4
0.50-0.60 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.80 0.35-0.45 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90
- 0~60-0~80 0.90-l .20
5OCr4 0.45-0.55 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90 0.90-l *20
103Cr4 0.95-l .lO 0.10-0.35 0.25-0.45 0.90-l .20
&
- -- - -
-
- - - - - - - -
Al
(9)
-
- -
.-
-
-
-
(l”o, -
- - -
- - -
-
REFERENCE TO RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARDS
(11)
IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-1967’ IS : 2507-19755, IS : 3195~1982’,
IS : 3431-1982’, IS : 383%1966‘, IS : 4072-1967’, IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19672
1s : 3195-19824, IS : 3431-1982s IS : 3195-1982’, IS : 3431-1982s IS : 4432-19678 IS : 2041-1982*, IS : 2100-1970x”,
IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19672, IS : 5517-197811, IS : 6967-197312, IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198415
IS : 5517-197811, IS . 11169 (Part 1 )-198413 ’
IS : 3930-1979l*, IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 5517-1978”, IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198W
IS : 3930-1979’4 IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 11169
(Part 1 )-19841s ’ IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413
IS : 4367-1967l. IS : 4368-1967’, IS : 4432~1967*, IS:11169 (Part l)-198418
IS : 4367-19671, IS : 11169 ( Part l )-1984l* z
IS : 4367-19671, IS : 4368-19671, . . IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-198418 a
IS : 5517-1978ll d e
IS : 3930-1979”, IS : 4367-19671, z IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 5517-1978”, =! IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-I98413
IS : 3930-197914, IS : 4367-19671 ,” rs : 4398-197215 I
( Cmtinue~ ) g _~
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOS[T[ON FOR STANDARD STEEL--m Cod
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION. PEKCENT
I * -7
DESIONAT~~O~ * REFERENCE TO RENVANT ZNDJAN g STANDARDS
2 r\ Si Mfl Ni Cl-
(3) (4) (5) (6) 0.10-0.35 0.40-0.80 I .00-l .60 0.10-0.35 0.25-0.45 I ,40-l .60 0.10-0~35 0.50-0.80 0.90-I .20
M o
(7)
O.IO-0.35 0~50-0~80 I .40-l .70 0.10-0.35 0.80-I *IO - 0.90-l .20 0.10-0.35 0.60-0.90 -. 0.90-I .20 0. IO-O.35 0.60-0.90 - 0.90-l .20
0.15-0.60 0.15-0.35 0.10-0.35
0.30, Mns 0.70-I .lO 0.30, Max 2.90-3.40 0.30, Mnx 2.90-3.40
0.10-0~35 0.50, Max
O-50, Max
0.10-0.35 0.10-0.35 0.10-0.45 0.10-0.35
0~40-0~70 0’40-0.70 0.40-0.70
0.40-O .70 0.40-0.70 0.40-0.70 0~40-0~70 0~40-0~70 0.40-0.70 0.50-0.80
0.40, A4o.v 1 .00-l .50 0.30, Max 4.0-6’0 0.30, Max 4.0-6.0 0.30, MUX I .00-l .50
0.30, Max 3 .oo-3.50 0.30, Max I -50-I .80 3.20-3.60 0.30, Max
0.45-O ‘65 0.45-0.65 0.45-0.65
0.50-0.70 0.45-O. 65 0.45-0.65 0~50-0~80 0.90-I *IO 0.10-0.25
0.15-0.35 0.15-0.35 0.15-0.35
0.15-0.35 O.lO-0.35
0.60-I .oo 0.60-l .oo 0~40-0~70
0.30-0.60 0.60-0.90
0.60-I .OO 0~40-0~80 0.80-l .20 0.60-l .OO 3 .oo-3 50 0.60-l .OO
3.00-3.75 0.60-l .lO 1.00-l .50 0.45-0.75
0, IO-O.25
0.10-0.35 0~40-0~70 3.90-4.30 1’ 10-l ,40
0.15-0.35 0.60-l .OO 1.00-l .50 0.75-l ,25 0.08-0.15
0.15-0.35 0.60-l .OO 1.50-2.00 0.75-1.25 0~10-0~20
0.10-0.35 0~40-0~70 1.20-l .60 0.90-l .30 0~10-0~20
0.10-0.35 0.40-0.70 1.25-l .75 0.90-l .30 0.20-0.35
0.15-0.35 0.40-0.60 1 .40-l .70 I .50-1.80
0.15-0.35 0.45-0.65 1.65-2.00 0.40-0.60
0.25-0.35
0.20-0.30
V Al
(8) (9)
0~15-6~30
0.07-0.12 0.15, Min
B
(IO) -
-
-
-
-
-
-
C (2)
O.YO-1 .20 0.95-l .lO 0.45-0.55
(11) w !5
IS : 4398-1972’” IS : 3195-19824, IS : 4367-19671, ,’
IS : 4368-1967a I
(1)
:::z 5OCr4v2
- z IS : 3195-19824 z!z IS : 4367-1967’, IS : 4368-1Y672 IS : 3930-197911, IS : 4367-1967’.
IS : 4368-19672, IS: 5517-1978l* IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413
IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-1967”
IS : 5517-197811 1s : 5517-1978’l IS : 11169
(Part 1 )-198$=
- -
IS : 5517-1978” IS : 5517-19781’ IS : 3444-198716, 1s : 3930-197914,
IS : 5517-19781’ IS : 4432-1Y678
IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413 IS : 4367-1967l, IS : 4368-19672,
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-I98413
IS : 3930-197Y1*, IS : 4367-19671, TS : 4368-19672, IS : 5517-197811, IS : 11169 (Part 4)-198413
IS : .5517-197811
IS : 4367-l 967l, IS : 4368-1967a, IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-19841a
IS : 4368-1967*, IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169 ( Part 1 )-198413
IS : 3930-1979l’. IS : 5517-1978l’ IS : 3930-19;9l;, IS : 4367-1967l,
IS : 5517-197811
42Cr6Vl 6oCr4V2 21Cr4Mo2 42Cr4Mo2
0.38-0.46 0.55-0.65
0.26, Mar 0.38-0.45
07Cr4Mo6 15Cr13Mo6 2SCr13Mo6
4OCr5Mo6 lOCr20Mo6 2OCr2Mo6
a 35CrSMo6V2 4OCr13MolOV2 4OCr7AllOMo2 4ONi14
16Ni3Cr2 16Ni4Cr3 13Ni13Cr3
lSNi13Cr3Mo2 3SNiSCr2
0.12, MUX 0~10-0~20 0.20-0.30
0.35-0.45
0.15, Max
0.15-0.25 0.25-0.45 0.35-0.45 o-35-0.45 0.35-0.45
- -- -
..-
0.20-0.30 - 0.15-0.25 -
- 0.90-l .30 -
0.12-0.20 0.12-0.20 0*10-0~15
0.12-0.18 0*30-0.40 -
3ONil6CrS 1 SNiSCr4Mol
0.26-0.34 0.12-0.18
15Ni7Cr4Mo2
4ONi6Cr4Mo2
4ONi6Cr4Mo3
16Ni6Cr7Mo3 2ONi7Cr2Mo2
0.12-O. 18 - _
- - -
-
0.35-0.45 0.35-0.45
0.14-O-19 0.17-0.22
31NilOCr3Mo6
4ONilOCr3 Mo6
16Ni8Cr6Mo2
20Ni7Mo2
20Ni2Cr2Mo2
18ClOBT XT1 60048 35c8BT 2lClOBT~ 26ClOBTt 34c14BTt 38Cr4BT 3OCr4Mo2 lXr6Ni6
0.27-0.35 0~10-0~35 0.40-0.70 2.25-2-75 0~50-0~80 0~40-0~70 -
0.36-0.44 0*10-0*35 0~40-0*70 2.25-2.75 0*50-0*80 0.40-0.70 -
0~12-0~20 0.15-0.35 ~0~4&0*70 1.80-2.20 1.40-l *70 0.15-0.25 -
0.17-0.22 O-15-0.35 0.45-0.65 I-65-2-00 - 0~20-0~30 -
0*18-0.23 0.15-O-35 0.70-0.90 0.40-0.70 0~40-0~60 0.1X0.25 -
0.15-0.20 1~50-1~70 0.31-0.36 0.18-0.23 0.23-0.29 0.32-0.37 0.35-0.40 O-28-0.33 0.12-0.18
0.15-0*30 0.10-0.35 0.10-0*35 0.15-0.30 0~15-0~30 0.15-0*30 0.15-0.30 0*10-0*35 O-15-0.35
0.80-l ~10 0~10-0~30 - -
0~2.5-0~50 - ll*O-13.0 0.80, Max 0.80, Max 0.60-l .oo -- 0~10-0~30 (optional) ’ 0.80-l *l - - - 0.90-l -2 - - - 120-l *so -- - - -
0~30-0*50 - o-95-1*15 - -
040-0*80 - 0*80-l-10 0.15-0.28 - 0.40-0*60 1.40-l .70 1.40-1.70 - -
-
-
-
-
- - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
-
0.000 5-0.003 -
0.000 50.003 0.000 5-0.003 0.000 5-0.003 o-000 5-O-003 0.000 5-0~003
- -
rs : 3930-19791‘ IS : 5517- 197811 ’
IS : 4368-1967a, IS : 5517- 197811
IS : 4367-1967r, IS : 4368- 1%7*, IS : 11169(Part l)- 1984” IS : 4432-19678, IS : 11169
(Part 1 )-198413 IS : 4132-1967n, 1.8 : 11169
( Part I )-198413 -_ - -
IS : 11169 ( Part I )-198413 IS : 11169 ( Patt I )-198415 IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-1984r5 IS : 11169 (Part 1 )-198413
- -
Nom-In special cases, it may be desirable that the range of carbon content should be more closely controlled than in the ranges specified above. When this is necessary. restricted ranges of carbon may be agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser, in which case any specified mechanical properties shall also be the subject of agreerrent.
Ln *See IS : 1762 (Part l)-1974 Code for designation of steel : Part 1 Based on letter symbols (first revision ).
1SuEx BT indicates boron treated steel.
1 Specitication for alloy and tool steel forgings for general industrial use. a Specification for alloy steel bits, blooms and slabs for forgings for general engineering purposes. * Specification for cold rolled steel strip for springs (first revision ).
’ Specification for steel for the manufacture of volute and helical springs (for railway rolling stock ) ( second revision ).
6 Specification for steel for manufacture of volute, helical and laminated springs for automotive suspension ( second’revision ). 6 Specification for aluminized steel core wire for aluminium conductors (ACSR). ’ Specification for steel for spring washers (firsf revision ). * Specification for case. hardening steels. 0 Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels used at moderate and low temperature (first revision ).
10 Speci8cation for steel billets, bars and sections for boilers (fist revision ). 11 Specithzation for steels for hardening and tempering (first revision ). 1* Specification for steels for electrically welded round link chains. Is Specification for steels for cold heading/cold extrusion applications: Par: 1 Wrought carbon and low alloy steels. 14 Specification for flame and induction hardening steels (first revisioir ). X5 Specification for carbon-chromium steel for the manufacture of balls, rollers and bearing races (first revision ). 16 Specification for corrosion resistant high alloy steel and nickel based castings for general applications ( second revision ).
IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR PLATES, SECTIONS, BARS, BILLETS AND FORGINGS IN THE HOT ROLLED OR NORMALIZED CONDITION
DESIGNATION
(1)
llC15
2oc15
TENSILE STRENGTH
MPa*
(2)
I 460-560 430.530
i 540-640 490.590 510:610
%%
( Clause 2.3 )
0.2 PERCENT PRooF STR~,
Min (I~S&~IFIED)
(3)
270 250
320
290 350 310 280
ELONC%TION, PERCENTAGE
GLLiiSdi-
(4)
26 26
iii
zi 20
570-670 i 570-670
350 zz
ii 27Cl5 570-670
20 540-640 300 540-640 290 z
*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm*.
:;
1:: Over 100 and
up to 150
,TABLE 3 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR COLD DRAWN 1.5 PERCENT MANGANESE STEEL BARS
( CIause 2.3 )
DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENQTH ELONGATION, PEWENTAGE LIMITING RUL&G MPa+ GL;ifi65dr SECTION
mm
(1) (2) (3) (4)
2OCl5 1: 12
Over 20 and up to 40 Over 40 and up to 63
TABLE 4 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR BARS AND FORGINGS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION-OIL HARDENED UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED
( Clause 2.4 )
DESIGNATION TENSILE 0.2 PERCENT STRENGTH PRooF STRW,
MPa* Min, MPa*
(1) (2) (3)
390 450
i%
390 490 550 650
490 550 650 750
550 650 750
2oc15 590-740 690-840
27Cl5 590-740 690-840
37c15 ZZ$ 790:940 890-1040
690-840 790-940
35Mn6Mo3 1 890-1040 990-l 140
790-940 35Mn6Mo4 890-1040
990-l 140
ELONGATION PIWXNTAGE GL 5;;dA
(4)
18 16
18 16
16
1:
IwD IMPACT VALUE,
BRINEU~ HARDNESS
Mitt, Joule HBS
(6) 170-217 201-248
170-217 201248
170-217
%-z; 255:311
%% 25i311 285-341
229-277 255-311 285-341
LIMITJNG RULJNG SECTION
mm
(7)
!i
100 63
150 100
30 15
150 100 63 30
150 100 63
(Conf hued)
6
IS : 1570( Part 4) - 1988’
TABLE 4 SPECJFJEJI MECHANICAL PROPJJRTJBS FOR BARS AND FORGJNGIS JN THE HARDWED AND TBMJ’ERJJD CONDJTJON-OJL HARDENED UNLJISS OTHERwIlSE STATED - Contd
DESIGNATION %N~LE
%cTH s
(2)
EL~~JGATI~N PmCeNTAl3E ypi-
(4)
4OCr4Mo2
15Cr13Mo6
25Cr%o6
4OCr13MolOV2
42Cr6Vl
4OCr7Al lOMo2
4ONil4
35NiSCr2
30Ni 16Cr5 1540, Min 1240 8
4ONi6Cr4Mo2
40Ni6Cr4Mo3
31NilOCr3Mo6
4ONilOCr3Mo6
I
690-840 790940 890-l 040
I
700-850 800-950 900-l 050
1000-l 150
{
%zz 89& p$
1090:1240 1 540, Mitt
{ 1340, Mitt 1 540, Min
t
880-l 030 980-I 180
1 080-I 280
1
690840 790-940 890-l 040
{ 790-940 890-l 040
{
690-840 790-940 890-l 040
I
790-940 890-l 040 990-l 140
1090-l 240
I
790-940 890-l 040 990-l 140
: ~~:f z 1540, Min
c ;;y 7:
1 ; y&J:; z
11 54O;Min
990-l 140 1 090-l 240 1 190-l 340 1 540, Min
% 650
490
z 750
13 12
::
490 550
% 830
1240
14
:: 10 9 8
1050 8 1240 8
690 780 880
lf 10
490 550 650
18
::
550 16 650 15
490 550 650
550
z: 830
16 15
::
550 650 750 830 930
1240
f 2 13 11 10 6
% 830 930
1240
3:
:: 8
78:: 930
1240
12
:r!l 8
Min, Joule HBS
(9
z: 50
z: 50
z 14
21 14
68
:;
55 55 48
z:
z: 50
14
55 55 48 41
z
: 30 11
: 41 35 14
$ 35 14
201-248 229-277 255-311 285-341 311-363 444, Min
363, Min 63 444, Min 30
265-310 295-350 320-380
201-248
%z:
444, Min
z-::: 285-341 311-363
zz: 2851341 311-363 341-401 444, Min
255-311 285-341
zz: 444, Min
285-341 31 l-363 341-401 444, Min
150
‘z! 30
150 150
;: 100
63
100
:;
150 100 63
100 63
150
Y3 ( air hardened)
150 (oil hardened)
150 100
150
;t?z 63
z:
150 150 100
6633
150 150 150 100
*l MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.102 0 kgf/mm*.
+Hardness given in this table is for guidance only.
7
IS:1570(Part4)-1988
TABLE 5 LIMITING RULING SECTIONS (in mm) OF HARDENED AND TEIMPERED STEELS FOR DIFFERENT RANGES OF TENSILE STRENGTH
( Clause 2.4 )
DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH, MPa ~------_-_.-_-_----__ -_-_A_p_ --- 520-740 690-840 190-940 890-l 040 990-l 140 1090-l 240 1 190-l 340 1.5~ ’
2OC15 27Cl5 37c15 35Mn6Mo3 35Mn6Mo4 4004 42Cr6Vl 4OCr4Mo2 15Cr13Mo6 and
25Crl3Mo6 4OCr13MolOV2 4OCr7A110Ao2 4ONi14 35NiSCr2 30Ni16CrS
63 100 150 -
30 63
100 150 -
100 -
150 150
- - - - - - - - 30 15
100 63 150 100 63 30 - 100
100 63 150 150
30 - - - 63 - - - - - -
30 15 - - 30 - - -
150 100 - 63
-
7
-
- - 63 30 - - 150 -
150 -
- 100 100 100
- 63 63 63 -
- - - -
- - - -
- -
63 30
100 63
150 100 150 150
- 63
(air
hardz?:d) (oil
hardened) - -
30 30
63 63 150 100
4ONi6Cr4Mo2
4ONi6Cr4Mo3 31NilOCr3Mo6 4ONilOCr3Mo6
150
150 -
100 150 150 -
- - - - - - - - -
TABLE 6 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTIONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SBCTIONS, OIL QUENCHING
(Ckwse 2.4)
THICKNESSOF SECTION mm .
30 40 50 60 80 ’ 100 Diameter of Equivalent Rounds, mm
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
WIDTHOPSECTION mm
-G----- 20
(2) (3)
10 - 14 21 16 26 17 29 17 31 17 32 17 32 17 33 17 33 17 33 17 33
17 33 17 33 17 33 17 33
17 33 18 33
120 140’
(10) (11) (1)
10 20 30 40 50 60 80
100 120 140 160
180 200 225 250
300 350 and over
;: = Greater than 160 mm.
- - - - - - - - - - - - 32 - - -
: 48 43 - 54 - -
43 51 59 65, 46 57 66 74 47 60 71 80 48 62 74 85 48 63 76 88 48 63 77 90
48 63 77 91 48 63 78 92 48 63 78 92 48 63 78 92
48 63 78 92
49 63 78 92
- -
- - -
- - - 87 96
102 108
112 115 117 119 120 121 121
- - - - -
10s 117 125 131 136 140 143 145 148 150
- - 130 - 140 152 148 X 154 X X X X X X X X X X X
8
IS : 1570( Part 4) - 1988
TABLE 7 CONVERSION OF RECTANGUiAR AND SQUARE INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTION AlR COOLlNG
WIDTH OF SECTION mm
r---- 10 20
(1) 10 20 30 40 50 60 80
100 120 140
160
180 200 225
250 300 350 and over
x -Greater than 160 mm.
(2) (3)
10 13 20 15 24 16 27
16 29
17 30 17 32 17 33 17 34 17 34 17 34 18 35 18 3.5 18 35 18 36 18 37
20 39
( Clarrse 2.4 ) THICKNESS OF SECTION
mm ~.~ _--_h---------_-
30 40 50 60 80 100 Diameter of Equivalent Rounds, mm
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) - - - -
30 - - - 34 40 - -
38 45 51 - - - 41 49 55 61 - - 45 54 62 70 81 - 47 58 68 76 90 102 49 62 72 82 98 111 50 64 76 86 104 119 51 66 79 90 109 126
51 67 81 93 114 132 52 68 83 95 117 137 52 69 85 98 121 142 53 70 86 100 125 147 54 71 88 104 131 155 59 78 97 115 152 X
L -------7
120 140
(10) (11) - - - -
- - -
- - - - - - - -
122 - 132 142
140 152
148 X 154 X
X X
X X
X X X X
TABLE 8 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR WEAR RESISTING STEEL IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION
( C/awe 2.5 ) DESIGNATION TENSILE 0 ‘2 PERCENT ELONGATION lzo~ IMPACT, BRINELL LIMITING
STRENGTH PROOF STRESS PERCENTAGE VALUE, Min HARDNESS RULING MPa* Min, MPa* GL 5;;dA, Joule HBS SECTION,
mm
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 55Cr3 890-l 040 650 12 35 255-311 63
990-l 140 730 10 17 285-341 63
NOTE - Hardness given in this table is for guidance only.
TABLE 9 SPECIFIED MECHANICAL PROPERTIES FOR CASE HARDENING STEELS IN THE REFINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION ( CORE PROPERTIES )
( Clarrse 2.6 )
DESIGNATION TENSILE STRENGTH. ELONGATION, PERCENTAGE IZ~D IMPACT VALUE, Min, MPa* GL 5.65t/z, Min Min, Joule
(1) (2) (3) (4)
llC15 590 17 55 15Cr3 590 13 - 48 16Ni3Cr2 690 I5 41
16MnXr4 790 10 35 16Ni4Cr3 840 12 41 13Ni13Cr3 840 12 48 20MnSCr5 990 8 38 15NiSCr4Mol 990 9 41 15Ni7Cr4Mo2 1 080 9 35 15Nil3Cr3Mo2 1 080 8 35 16Ni8Cr6Mo2 1 340 9 35
NOTE-Whenever the core strength exceeds 1 000 MPa, the ruling section may be same as that of the diameter of the test piece.
*I MPa = 1 N/mm* -= 0.1 020 kgf/mm*.
IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988
TABLE 10 SPECIFIED TENSILE LIMITS FOR STEEL SHEET AND STRIP
( Clurlse 2.7 )
DESIGNATION
(1)
2oc15
CONDITION
(2)
[Softened ( Hot rolled and normalized or normalized and
1 tempered
Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and 1 tempered
TENSILE O-2 PERCENT STRENGTH, PROOF STRESS, Mitt, MPa* Min, MPa*
(3) (4)
470, Min - 540, Min -
790-990 610
BRINELL HARDNW Max, HBS
(5)
200 -
47c1.5
Softened Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and
tempered Hardened and tempered
230 890-1 090 740 -
1 140-l 340 990 -
21 Cr4Mo2 Softened Hardened and tempered or cold rolled and 790-990 610
tempered Hardened and tempered 1 140-l 340 990
*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.1020 kgf/mm*.
212 -
DESIGNATION
(1)
2oc15
27C15
4OCr4 and 5OCr4
21Cr4Mo2
4OCr4Mo2
30Nil6Cr5
31NilOCr3Mo6
TABLE 11 SPECIFIED TENSILE LXMI’TS FOR TUBES
CONDITION
( Clause 2. 7)
(2)
f Annealed 1 Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and
1 +F;:i and tempered or cold drawn and
I Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and 1 tempered
1
Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and tempered
Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and tempered
Hardened and tempered
f Normalized and tempered, hardened and tem-
pered or cold drawn and tempered Normalized and tempered, hardened and tern--
pered or cold drawn and tempered { Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and i tempered I Hardened and tempered or cold drawn and j tempered _ LHardened and tempered
Hardened and tempered tempered
Hardened and tempered
Hardened and tempered
or cold drawn and
TENSILE O-2 PERCWT ELONGATION, STRENGTH,
?%%3 PERCBNTAQE,
Min, MPa* , GL 547; ,/A
(3) (4)
470 270’ 550
I 450
630 510
710 590
550
630
1 090
550
630
710
790
190
710
1 o;o 1 190 1 290
450
510
890
450
570
590
640
990
590
890 1090 1 090
(5)
9 310 Actual tensile
strength (MPa)
*1 MPa = 1 N/mm* = 0.1 020 kgf/mma.
IS : 1570 ( Part 4 ) - 1988
TABLE 12 TENTATIVE HARDENABILITY LIMITS FOR SPECIFIED HARDENABILITY OF BORON STEELS
DISTANCE’ FROM QUENCHED END, mm (inch)
(1) 1.58 (l/W 3.10 (2/16) 4.76 (3/16) 6.35 (4/16) 7.93 (5/16) 9.52 (6/16)
11.11 (7/16) 12.7 (8/16) 14.29 (9/16)
15.87 (10/16) 17.46 (11/16) 19.05 (12/16) 20.64 (13/16) 12.22 (14/16) 25.4 (16/16) 28.57 (18/16) 31.75 (20/16) 34.92.(22/16) 38.10 (X/16) 41.27 (26/16) 44.45 (28116) 47.62 (30/16) 50-S (32/16)
( Cluuse 2.11 !
HARDNESS. HRC
c
18ClOBT
(2) (3)
46 39 45 37 42 32 38 22 37 20 35 14
32 12 30 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - -
21ClOBT
(4) (5) 48 41 47 40 46 38 44 30 40 20 35 -
32 - 27 - 22 -
20 - - -
- -
- -
35C8BT
(6) (7)
58 51 56 50 55 46 54 43 52 37
49 26
46 22 38 20 36 19 30 18 28 - 27 - - -
26 - 25 - - -
24 - - -
22 - - -
20 -
26ClOBT
(8) (9) 52 45 51 44 50 43 48 41 46 34 45 25
42 - 35 - 32 - 28 - 26 - 22 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
34C14BT (10) (11)
58 50 57 50 56 49 55 48 54 43 53 37
52 33 51 26 - -
46 22 - -
45 21 - -
43 20 38 - - -
32 - - -
30 - - -
28 - - -- - -
- - - -
- - 27 -
38CdMn;B;
(12) (13)
60 52 59 52 58 51 57 50 56 48 55 44 54 40 53 36 50 34 48 30 46 26 44 24 42 22 38 20
- -
- -
11
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Starzdurcls Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BJS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition hy referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot: No. SMD 19 (2349)
Amendments Issued Since Puhlication-
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02
Regional Offices:
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg NEW DELHI 110002
Eastern : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola CALCUTTA 700054
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, C!IENNAl600113
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) MUMBAI 400093
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHGPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
832 92 95,832 78 58 832 78 91,832 78 92
printed rt Simco printing F’rw, Delhi, India
Telegrams: Manaksanstha (Common to all offices)
Telephone
323 76 17,323 38 41
337 84 99,337 85 61 337 86 26,337 9120
60 38 43 60 20 25
{ 235 02 16,235 04 42 2351519,2352315
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
hdian Standard SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS
( Second Revision )
I First Reprint FEBRUARY 1990
UDC 669.14.22:669.14.018.-!3:669.15.194.3(083.4)
@ CoPyright 1987
BURIEAU OF INDI’AN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 5 January 1987
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEiiS
( Second Revision )
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman Representing DRUG. MUKHERJEE Steel Authority of India Ltd, New Delhi
Members ADDITIONAL DIRECTOR ( MET) Ministry of Railways
JOINT DIRECTOR ( CHEM ) ( Alternate ) SHRI BAL KRISHAN AGGARWAL Federation of Engineering Industries of India,
New Delhi SHRI H. S. GUPTA ( Alternate )
SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI B. HARIDASACHAR ( Alfernate )
SHRI S. K. BASU SHRI C J. DAVE ( AIternate )
M. N. Dastur and Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI J. N. BHATTACHARYYA National Test House, Calcutta SHRI S. C. BHAWAL ( AIternate )
SHRI R. BHATTACHA~YA Guest Keen Williams Ltd, Howrnh SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron and Steel Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
DR T. MUKHERJEE ( Alternate ) SHRI D. K. DAS Heavy Engineering Corporation, Ranrhi
SHRI B. P. SINGH ( Alternate ) SHRI M. K. DANA Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels
SHRI R. C. JHA ( Alternate ) Plant ), Durgapur
SHRI D. GADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SHRI A.QM CHATTERJ~E ( Alternate )
SHRI H. V. JAIN SHRI A. D. DIAS ( Afternate )
Indian Tool Manufacturers Ltd, Bombay
DR P. KRISHNASAGAR SHRI S. KUMAR
Modi Steels, Modinagar Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay
SHRI VIPON CHOPRA ( Alternate ) DR D. P. LAHIRI
SHRI I. N. BHATIA ( Afternate ) Ministri of Defence ( R & fi )
( Continued on page 2)
0 Copyright 1987 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Indian Copyrighr Act (XIVof 1957) and reproduction in whole or in part by any meaos except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
I .
,
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
Mcdwrs
DK S. K. MANDAL
Rcprcsertting
Tata Enpinccring and Locomotive Co Ltd, Jamsbcdpur
DI< P. G. RENAVIRAR ( Altmmtc ) SllRl D. B. MOIIAIUL Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta
DR K. SUIIICAMANYAM ( Alternate ) DK M. NAOESIIWAR KAO Mishrn Dh:itu Nknrn Ltd. Hvderxbad SHKI I. K. N.\YAK Firth ( India ) Steel Co Ltd, i‘hunc
SIII~I K. A. SIIENOY ( AIrunate ) SHKI K. &RTI~~ASAKATIIY Ashok Lcyl;lsd Limited, Madras DK R. V. PATHY Mrthindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; and
Allov Steel Producers’ Association of India, Bombay
SIlRI R. NARAYANA (Alternate) Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd. Bombay SHRl H S. PAWI. Modern Steel Ltd, Gobindgarh SImI M. K. PI~AMANIK Ministrv of Steel and Mines I Iron and Steel
Co&i1 ), Calcutta ’ SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )
SHRI RAGHUUIR SINGH National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamshedpur
DR V. RAMASWAMY Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Research and pa;clcipmcnt Centre for Iron and Steel ),
SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA (Mternatc ) SIIRI H. S. RAMACHANDRAN HMT Limited, &n-&ore
Stlkl P. P. C~I~PRA ( Atfernute I ) SIIIU P. RA~~A PKASAD ( Alternate 11 ) SIIRI A.~SlIANTHARAM ( Altcmare II1 ) SHRI V. N. VENKATESAN ( Alfermtc 1V )
SHRI R. N. SAHA Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals
SHRI D. K. PAUL ( Alternate ) ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SHRI M. K. ,?,EN Ministry of Defence ( DGI ) SHRI V. 1. RAMASWAMY ( Alternate )
SHRI D. S. P. SRIVASTAVA SHKI V. V. V~RAUHADRAYYA
Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) Directorate General of Technical Development,
New Delhi SHR~ S. K. JAIN ( Aftrmate )
SI?RI K. RAGHAVENDRAN, Director ( Strut & Met )
Director General, ISI ( Ex-officio Member )
Sccrctary SIIRI A. B. TEWARI
Deputy Director ( Metals .), IS1
( Continued on pge 16 )
is:1$7O(Part5)-l!m
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS
PART 5 STAINLESS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS
( Second Revision )
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 5 ) ( Second Revision ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 30 October 1985, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels~and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 This standard was first published in 1961 and subsequently revised in 1972. On the basis of experience gained in the production and use of these steels, it has been decided to issue the present revision of this standard.
0.3 The following major modifications have been incorporated in this revision:
a) Chemical compositions of some of the grades in Table 1 have been modified in the light of the indigenous production of these steels.
b) Tables 6, 1 I, 12 and 14 of the first revision have been deleted, as sufficient data is not available and such products are not being produced on a mass scale in-the country.
c) Other tables have been rationalized and modified on the basis of indigenous production of the steels.
0.4 This schedule is not intended to be used as a standard and for detailed requirements, reference should be made to the following standards:
a) IS : 5522-1978 S_tainless steel sheets and coils (first revisiorz )
b) IS : 6527-1972 Stainless steel wire rod c) IS : 6528-1972 Stainless steel wire d) IS : 6529-1972 Stainless steel blooms, billets and slabs for
forgings e) IS : 6603-1972 Stainless steel bars and flats
3
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
f) IS : 6911-19’72 Stainless steel plate, sheet and strip g) IS : 7494-1981 Steel for valves for internal combustion engines
(first revision ) h) IS : 9294-1979 Cold rolling stainless steel strips for razor
blades
j) IS : 9516-1980 Heat resisting steels
0.5 Mechanical properties given in Tables 2 to 6 are applicable to heat treated steels according 10 the stipulations made in Table 7. The specified mechanical properties are applicable to test samples taken from a standard location which should be included in the specification.
0.6 This standard ( Part 5 ) deals with stainless and heat-resisting steels, other parts of IS : 15;O have already been published are:
IS : 1570 ( Part 1 )-1978 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 1 Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties (first revision ).
IS : 1570 ( Part 2 )-1979 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 2 Carbon steels ( unalloyed steels ) (first revision ).
IS : 1570 ( Part 3 )-1979 Schedules for wrought steels: Part 3 Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels (first revisions).
._
0.7 Schedules IV and VI of IS : 1570 are also under revision and these lvill also be printed as separate standards in due course. 0.8 Information on the assessment of the ruling sections of bars, forgings and parts is given in Appendix A.
0.9 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accord- ance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This star.dnrd ( Part 5 > is applicab!e to steels with a high alloy content primarily intcrded for corrosion and hcnt-rcsistingpurposes and supplied to spcclficd chemical composilion a; given in Table~l. The mechanical propcrtics of these steels arc given in Tables 2 to 6.
*Rules for rounding off numerical values (rcviscd).
4
IS : 1570 ( Part 5) - 1985
TABLE I SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITIONS OF HIGH ALLOY STEELS, STAINLESS STEELS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS
SL STEEL (Clause 1.1 ) No. DESIGNATION CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
(1) 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
24.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
C
(2) (3)
*x04cr 12 0.0s Max
*x1 2012 @08,‘0*15
X20013 0,16/0.25
X3CCrl3 0.26,‘0.35
X40CrJ 3 0.3510.45
X07Crl7 @12 Max
Xl5Crl6Ni2 0*10/0~20
X108Crl7Mo 0.95U.20
X02Crl9NilO - 0.030 Max
X04Crl9Ni9 008 Max
X07Crl8Ni9 0.15 Max
X04Crl8NilOTi 0.08 Max
XO4Crl8NilONb 0.08 Max
X04Crl7Nil2Mo2 0.08 Max
XOZCri7Nil2Mo2 0.030 Max
XC4Crl7Nil2Mo2Ti 0.080 Mdx
XO4Crl9Ni13Mo3 ‘0.08 Max
Xl5Cr25N 0.20 Max
XO7&17Mn12Ni4 0.12 Max
XlOCrl7hh6Ni4 0.20 Max
Xl5Cr24Nil3 0.20 Max
X4ONil4Crl4W3Si2 0.35/@50
X2OCr25Ni20 0.25 Max
X04Cr25Ni20 0.08 Max
X45Cr9Si3 @040/0~50
XSOCr2dSi2Nil @75/@85
X66Crl3 @60,‘0+2
X85CriSMo2V O.SOjO.sO
X20Cr2Nil2N 0.1 S/O.25
X70021Mn6Ni2N 0.65iO.75
X5502iMn8Ni2N 0.50,‘0.60
X53CrZZMn9Ni4N 0,48,‘0.58
1.0 Max 1 .O Max
l-0 Max lOMax
1.0 Max 1.0 Max
1.0 Max 1.0 Max
1.0 Max 1.0 Max
1.0 Max 1 *O Max
1.0 Max 1-O Max
1.0 Max 1.0 Max
1 .O Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1-O Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1-O Max 2.0 Max
1.0 Max 2.0 Max
1 .O Max 1.5 Max
1.0 Max 10~0114~0
1 .O Max 4.018.0
1.5 Max 2-O Max
2.0 Max 1.0 M&x
25 Max 2.0 Max.
1.5 Max 2.0 Max
3.013.75 0.30/‘0.60
1.75J22.5 0.20/0.60
&5 Max &40-l,O
1.0 Max 1.5 Max
o-75-1.25 1.5 Max
0.45-0.85 5.5-7-O
1.0 Max 7.0-9.5
0.25 Max 8.0-iO.0
Ni
(6) -
1.0 Max
1.0 Max
1.0 Max
1.0 Max
0.5 Max
1.2512.50
0.50 Max
8*0:12.0
8.0/10.5
8.0/1@0
9.0/12-O
9*0/12.0
10.0/14.0
10.0,‘140
10.0/14.0
11.0/15.0
3.515.5
3.515.5
11~0/15~0
12~0/15~0
1s.o;21.0
1*0/22.0
0.50 Max
1.2Ojl.70
-
-
10.5/12.5
1.4p.9
1.51275
3*25/4.50
Cr
(7)
11.5/13.5
11*5/13*5
12.0/14.0
12.d,‘14.0
12.0/14.0
16~0/18’0
15~0/17~0
16.0/18.0
MO Nb S Max
(8) (JO) (JJ) - - - 0.030
- - - 0.030 - - - 0.030
- - - 0.030
- - - 0.030 - - 0.030
- - - PO30
0.75 Max - - 0.030
17.5/20.0 -
17*5/20*0 -
17’0/19*0 -
170/19.0 -
17*0/ 19.0 -
16.0/18*0 2*0/3’0
16’0/18*0 2*0,‘3’0
16.0/18’0 2.Oj3.0
18*0/20*0 3.0/4-o
23.0127.0 -
16.0/18.0 -
16.Ojl8.0 -
22.0/25.0 -
120/15*0 -
i4.0/26.0 -
24.0126 0 -
7.519.5 -
19.0/21*0 -
12.0/14.0 -
16.5/18*5 2.5 Max
20.0/22.0 -
200/22*0 -
20*0!22.0 -
20.0/23*0 -
- - 0.030 - - 0.030
- 0.030
5XC-0.80 - 0.030 - IOXC-1.0 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.030
5XC-0*80t - 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.030
- - 0030 - 0.030
- - 0.030
- 0.035 - 0.030 - - 0.030 - - 0.050 - - 0.030
- -
- - 0.035
- 0.035
- 0.035
- - 0.035
- 0.035
P Mix
(12)
0.040
0.040
0.040
0+40
O%O
0.040
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
-
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.045
*For free cutting varieties at serial huthbers 1 to 4, Wphur and Selenium content shall be as agieed to between ttie purchaser and the manufacturer. tFor electrode steel Nb - 10 C to 1.0 in place of Ti.
5
REMARKS
(13)
N 0.25 Max
N 0.25 Max
W 2.0/3*0
0.60
Vauadium
Max
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
Y02Ct19NilO 485 XO&r19Ni9 515
XO7Cr18Ni9 515
XO4Crl8NilOTi 515
XO4Crll)NilONb 515
~X04Cd7Ni12MoZ 515
XOZCr17Ni12Mo2 485
XO4017Nil2Mo2Ti2 515
XO4Cr19Ni13Mo3 515
X15Cr24Ni13 490
X2OCr25Ni20 515
XO4Cr25Ni20 515
XO7Cr17Mn12Ni4 550
XO4Cr12
X12Cr12
X07Cr17
X2Wr13
X30Crl3
Xl5Cr16Ni2
Xl08Cr17Mo
X15Cr25N
415
450
450
-
515
!mw&&w w$;y&e&-. Mlax %
%I? ‘Min Brinell Rock- Percent well B
MPa
chromium - Nickel Steels
170 40
205 40
205 40
205 40
205 40
205 40
170 40
205 40
205 35
210 40
210 40
205 40
250 45
Chromium - Steels
205 220
205 20.0
205 22.0
-
-
- -
275 20
183 88 183 88 183 88
183 88
183 88
ui 95
217 95
217 ~ 95
217 95
223 95
223 95
217 95
217 88
183 88
217 95
183 ~88
241 -
241 -
285 -
269 -
217 -
7
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
TABLE 3 MECHANICAL TEST REQUIREMENTS IN ANNEALED QUENCHED OR SOLUTION TREATED COND ITION FOR
BARS AND FLATS
STEEL DESIGNATION
XOZCr19NilO
X04Cr19Ni9
XlOCr18Ni9 XO4Crl8NilOTi
X04Crl8NilONb
X04Cr17Ni12Mo2
X02Crl7Ni12Mo2 X04Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti
X04Crl9Ni13Mo3
X15Cr24Ni13 X2Od25Ni20 XO4Cr25Ni20 XOCr17Mn6Ni4
40Ni14Crl4W3Si2
X04Cr12 Xl2Cr12 X07Cr17
X20Cr13 X30Crl3
( cfuuses 0;s and 1.1 )
TENSILE 02 PERC~ZNT ELONGATION STRE;3TOla PRooFs&RES" IN;,,mm,
MPa MPa: P&ceh
Chromium -Nickel Steels
483 172 40
517 207 40
517 207 40 517 207 40
517 207 40
517 207 40
483 172 40
517 207 40
5r? 207 40
490 210 40
490 210 40
517 207 40 515 275 40
785 345 - 35
Chromium-Steels
445 276 20
483 276 20
483 276 20 - - -
- - - X40Cr13
X15Cr16Ni2
X108Crl7Mo XlSCr25N
600-750 - - - -
- -
490 280 16
?iiiitN Min, ’
Percent
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50 50
50 50 50 45 40
-
45
BRINSLL HRRD- NESS MUX
217 269
241
241 225
285
269
212
8
IS:1570(Part5)-1985.
~~- TABLE 4 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF STAINLESS STEEL SHEETS,
PLATES, STRIPS, BARS AND FLATS IN THE HARDENED AND TEMPERED CONDITION
( Clauses 0.5 and I. 1 )
STEEL DESIGNATION 0.2 PERCENT TENSILE STRENGTH ELONGATION PROOF STRESS, MPa
Min. MPa M!n, Percent
X12012 410 590 to 780 16 X20013 490 -690 to 880 14 X30Cr13 590 780 to 980 11 X15Cr16Ni2 640 830 to 1 030 10
NOTE - Elongation values are given on the Gauge Length as per IS : 3803-1976 that is, Lo = 5.65d/sz Percent elongation values given are applicable-to all sizes of sheets, plates, strips and bars of 5 to 100 mm flats of 3 to 30 mm.
TABLE 5 HARDNESS VALUES FOR CUTLERY STEELS IN THE FORM OF BARS, I-LATS, SHEETS, PLATES AND STRIPS
( Clauses 0.5 and 1.1 )
STEEL DESIGNATION QUENCHED AND TEMPERED HARDNESS, Min
r-_-___~ HV HRC
X30Cr13 500 49
X108Cr17Mo 660 58
NOTE - Annealed hardness of these grades has already been included in Tables 2 and 3.
TABLE 6 HARDNESS VALUES -FOR VALVE STEELS
STEEL DESIGNATION
X45Cr9Ci3
X80Cr20SiZNil X85Cr18Mo2V X20Cr2Nil2N X70CrZlMn6NiZN X55Cr21 Mn8Ni2N
X53Cr22Mn9Ni4N
HARDENED AND TEMPERED HB
255.293
255-306
255-306
302 Max
321 Min
321 Min
321 Min
TABLE 7 RECOMMENDED HEAT TREATMENT FOR STAINLESS STEELS AND HEAT-RESISTING STEELS
!!!
( CIause 0.5 )
STEEL DESIGNATION
(1)
XO4Cr I 2
X07Cr17
XI .CCr25N20
X12&12
‘; X20Cr13
X30Cr13
X15Cr16Ni2
X108Ct17Mo X02Cr19NilO
X04Crl9Ni8 X07Cr18Ni9
XO4Crl8NilOTi X04Crl8NilONb XOICr17Ni12ib402
X02Cr17Ni12Mo2
ANNEALING/$• LWION TREATMENT CI ‘Symbol* Temperature
(2)
A A A A A A A
A A S S s S S S S
XO4Cr17NilEMo2Ti2 S
XO4Cr19Ni13Mo3 S
X07Cr17Mn12Ni4 S
(3)
“C 750-800 750-850 750.850
700-780
770-870
770-870 770-870
750-800 780-880
1 000-l 150 do
d? do do
do do
do
do
do
Quenching Media*
(4)
I.0
a. w
0,
/”
/’
r”
w, 0. a do
do
do do
do do
do
do
do
h
HARDENINQ AND TEMPERING TREATMENT A
‘Symbol* Terhperature Quenching Ta I Media* Temuerature U
(5) (6)
“C - -
- -
Q+T - 950-l 000 -
Q+T - 980-l 030
Q+Tl 980-l 030
Q+T2 980-l 030
Q+T 980-l 030
Q+ T 1000-l 050 - -
- - - -
-
(7)
-
-
-
0, a -
0. a
0, a 0, 0 0
0, a -
-
- -
- -
700-750 -
650-770
630-700 loo-2so 630-700
100-250 -
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
X15Cr24Ni13 X2OCr25Ni20 XO4Cr25Ni20 X85Cr18Mo2V X2OCr2Nil2N X7OCr21 Mn6Ni2N X55Cr21 Mn8Ni2N X53Cr22Mn9Ni4N X4OCr13 XlOCr17Mn6Ni4 X40Ni14Cr14W3SiZ
s do do - - - - S do do - - - -
S do do - - - - Q-t-7’ 1050-l 080 - - 700-750
- - STS (P, 1 100-l 200 o:w 700-800 - - - si‘+p 1 100-l 200 730-780t - - - ST+P 1100-l 200 ,” 730-780t
A 7So-850 F ST+P 1 100-l 200 w 730-780t
- - -
ST 1000-l 150 Iv, 0 - - -
ST 980-I 080 w, o - - - -
NOTE - For austenitic stainless steels, the quenching media shall be selected taking into consideration the size of the material and carbon content of the grade.
*A = Annealing. Q = Quenching, T = Tempering S = Softening,f= Furnace, u = Air, w = Water, o= Oil, ST = Solution Treatment
w L P = Patenting
Stabilization Temperature 550°C
tTemperature for ageing treatment
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
APPENDIX A
( Clause 0.8 )
INFORMATION ON RULING SECTION
A-l. The mechanical ~properties obtained from a steel of a given composition are fundamentally influenced by the speed of cooling from a temperature above the upper critical point, that is, from hardening or normalizing temperature. Also for a given method of cooling, for example, oil quenching the rate of cooling is strongly affected by the size and shape of the part being treated. Therefore, for a steel of a given composition, the mechanical properties attained are affected not only by the method of cooling emp!oyed, but also by the size andshape of the part at the time of heat treatment. Thus, although it may be possible to obtain effective hardening by oil quenching a small section of a steel of a particular composition, it may be possible to satisfactory hardening throughout the mass when parts of larger cross-sectional dimensions are oil quenched. In such circumstances~a steel of a different composition has to be selected. This inter-relation between the mechanical properties obtained and the size and shape of the part at the time of heat treatment is sometime referred to as ‘mass effect’.
A-2. It is, therefore, necessary when selecting the steel which should be used to attain certain specified mechanical properties after heat treat- ment, to know the size and shape of the part to be heat-treated. The cross-sectional dimensions of that portion of the forging or part, where it is most important to obtain the desired mechanical properties, are regarded as the ‘ruling section’ of 3he part. In the case of round bar, the diameter is the ruling section, but as many shapes other than round bars require heat treatment, it is desirable to be able’to relate the rates of cooling of other shapes to their equivalent sections of round bar. The diameters of round bars, the centres of which would cool through a. given temperature range at the same rate as the centres of rectangular and square bars of selected sizes have been assessed and the resulting ‘equivalent ruling sections’ are given in Tables 8 and 9. Table 8 gives the equivalent ruling section in terms of diameter of round bar for rectangular and square sections when oil quenched, while Table 9 gives the same information for air cooling. As examples of how the tables may be applied, the centre of.square section of 100 mm sides will, when oil quenched, cool at the same rate as a round section of 108 mm diameter and the equivalent ruling section of a slab 140 mm wide and 60 mm thick will, for oil quenching be 88 mm. In the case of other regular sections, close approximations may usually be made since the order of decreasing rate of cooling is round, octagonal, hexagonal and
12
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
square, while oval sections with major axis a and minor axis b will cool more slowly than a round~bar of diameter b but faster than a rectangle axb.
- T ir-
b
B
18 1C
FIG. 1 RULING SECTION
A-3. In the case of parts of non-uniform section, not only it is neces- sary to consider which is the most important portion of the forging in which the specified properties are essential, but also to consider the relation of the length of any enlarged portion to its diameter. For example, in the case of a forging with a barrel, the length L of which is greater than the diameter D ( see Fig. IA ), this diameter will be the ruling dimension. In the case of collar, the diameter D1 of which is greater than the thickness T ( see Fig. 1B ), the collar may be considered as a disc of which the thickness is the governing dimension although the ruling section of the part as a whole for practical purposes will be the diameter Do. For forgings where the dimension 5 and thickness Tof the portion of largest cross-section are similar ( see Fig. lC), the dimension A, between the centre and fhe nearest points of the external surface will in general determine the ruling section.
13
T~mc~~s.w
\ WIDTH
4
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140
DIAMETER OF EQUIVALENT ROUNDS
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
10
20
30
40
50
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
225
250
300
350 and over
X= Gre; _
( Clause A-2 ) All dimensions in millimetres.
10 -
14 21
16 26
17 29
17 31
17 32
17 32
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
17 33
18 33
-
32
37
40
43
46
47
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
49
!r than 160 mm.
-
43
48
51
57
60
62
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
- -- -
-- -
-- -
-- -
54 -- -
59 65 - -
66 74 87 -
71 80 96 108
74 85 102 117
76 88 108 125
77 90 112 131
77 91 115 136
78 92 117 140
78 92 119 143
78 92 120 145
78 92 121 148
78 92 121 150
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
130
140
148
154
X
X
X
x
X
-
-
-
-
-
152
X
x .
X
X
X
X
X
14
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
TABLE 9 CONVERSION OF RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE SECTlONS INTO EQUIVALENT RULING SECTIONS, AIR COOLING
t Clause A-2 ) All dime&ions in mill~metres.
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140
DIAMETER OF EQUIVALENT ROWNDS
2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
10
20
IO - -
13 20 -
15 24 30
16 27 34
16 29 38
17 30 41
17 34 45
17 33 47
17 34 49
17 34 50
17 34 51
r8 35 51
18 35 52
18 35 52
18 35 53
18 37 54
20 39 59
:r than 160 mm.
- -
-
40 -
45 51
49 55
54 62
~58 68
62 72
64 76
66 79
67 81
68 83
69 85
70 86
71 88
78 -97
-
30
40
50
60
80
-
-
61
70
76
82
86
90
93
95
98
200
104
115
- -
81
90
98
104
109
114
117
121
125
131
152
-
100
120
140
102
111
119
126
132
137
142
147
155
122
132
140
148
154
X
X
X
X
142
152
X
X
X
X
X
X
160
180
200
225
250
300
350 and over
X = Grei
X
15
IS : 1570 ( Part 5 ) - 1985
( Con tinuedfrom page 2 )
Stainless, Heat Resisting and Valve Steels Subcommittee, SM.DC 19 : 7 Convener
SHRI M. K. DUTTA
Members
Representing
Steel Authority of India Ltd (Alloy Steels Plant ), Durgapur
SHRI R.-C. JHA ( Alternate to Shri M. K. Dutta )
SHRI B. R. BALIGA SHRI S. SRIDHARN ( Alternate 1
Engine Valves Ltd, Madras
SHRI B. C. BASAVARAJ * ’ Visvesvaraya Iron and Steel Ltd, Bhadravati SHRI G. R. PRAKASH ( Afternate )
SHRI c~~yn4R.4~ Fertilizer Corporation of India Ltd, Sindri SHRI P. R. ROY ( Alternate )
DEPUTY DIRECTOR I MET-I ) Ministry of Railways ASSISTANT DIRECTOR ST&
( MP )-VIJI ( Alternate ) SHRI D . Ci ADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari
SHRI ASIM CHATTERJEE ( Alternate ) IM -N. K~NDAC RAO Nuclear Fuel Complex, Hyderabad DR TEGH B. KOSHAL Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi SHRI M: K. LUTHRA Jindal Strips Ltd, Hissar
SHR~ S.-S. NEGI ( Alternate ) CDR K. N. MADHAV RAO Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad
SHRI S. N. JHA ( Alterkate~) SHRI S. R. MEDIRA’TTA Research and Development Centre for Iron
and Steel *(SAIL), Ranchi DR S. K. SEN ( Afternote )
SRRI A. N. MITRA Tata Iron and Steel Co Ltd. Jamshedpur SHRI SURESH GUPTA ( Alternate )
DR R. V. PATTY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay SHRI R. NARAYANAN ( Alternate )
REPRESENTATIVE National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamshedpur
SHRI D. D. SHARMA Chemical Plant and Machinery Association of India, Bombay
SHRI Y. L. MIDHA ( Alternate ) DR L. K. SINGHAL Salem Steel Projects (SAIL), Salem
SHRI B. B. PATNAIK ( Alternate )
16
-BUREAU OFF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar ~Marg, NEW DELHI 110002
Telephones: 331 01 31, 331 13 75 Telegrams: Manaksanstha ( Common to all Offices )
Regional Offices: Telephone Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg,
I
331 01 31 NEW DELHI 110002 331 1375
*Eastern : 1 /14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, 36 24 99 Maniktola, CALCUTTA 700054
Northern : SC0 445-446, Sector 35-C,
I
21843 CHANDIGARH 160036 3 16 41
1
41 24 42 Southern : C. I. T. Campus, MADRAS 600113
4”: 2’95 :t tWsstern : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri ( East ), 6 32 92 95
BOMBAY 400093
Branch Offices: ‘Pushpak’. Nurmohamed Shaikh Marg, Khenpur.
I
2 63 48 AHMADABAD 380001 2 63 49
+,Peenya Industrial Area 1st Stage, Bangalorelumkur Road 38 49 55 BANGALORE 560058
I 38 49 56
Gangotri Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T. T. Nagar, 667 16 BHOPAL 462003
Plot No. 82/83, Lewis Road. BHUBANESHWAR 751002 531’6. Ward No. 29, R.G. Barua Road, 5th Byelane,
GUWAHATI 781003
5 36 27 3 31 77
5-8-56C L. N. Gupta Marg ( Nampally Station Road ), HYDERABAD 500001
23 1083
R14 Yudhister Marg, C Scheme, JAIPUR 302005
117/418 B Sarvodaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005
i 63471 6 98 32
_ 1
21 68 76 21 ~82 92
Patliputra Industrial Estate, PATNA 800013 6 23 05 TX. No. 14/l 421. University P.O.. Palayam
TRIVANDRUM 695035 162104 i 16 21 17
/nspection Offices ( With Sale Point ):
Pushpanjali. First Floor, 205-A West High Court Road, Shankar Naaar Sauare, NAGPUR 440010
2 51 71
Institution of Engineers ( India ) Building, 1332 Shivaji Nagar, 5 24 35 PUNE 411005
*Sales Office in Calcutta is at 5 Chowringhee Approach, P. 0. Princep 27 68 00 Street. Calcutta 700072
tSeles Office in Bombey is at Novelty Chambers, Or&t Road, 89 65 28 Bombay 400007
$Sales Office in Bangalore is at Unity Building, Narasimharaja Square, 22 36 71 Bangalore 560002
Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi, India
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 6 CARBON AND ALLOY TOOL STEELS
( First Revision )
ICS 77.140.20; 25.100
0 BIS 1996
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
bxxrnhcr- I996 Price Group 2
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard (Part 6) (First Revision) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Metallurgical Engineering Division Council.
This standard was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts are:
Part 1
Part 21 Set 1
Part 21 Set 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 7
Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties (first revision)
Carbon steels (unalloyed steels), Wrought products (other than wire) with specified chemical composition and related properties (first revision)
Carbon steels (unalloyed steels), Carbon steel wires with related properties Cfirst revision)
Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels @-st revisinn)
Alloy steels (alloy constructional and spring steels) with specified chemical composition and mechanical properties (first revision)
Stainless, and heat resisting steels (second revision)
Steels for elevated temperature service (creep resistant steels)
In this revision, the following modifications have been made:
21 1 Steel designations have been modified in accordance with IS 1762 (Part I) : 1974 ‘Code for designation of steels: Part 1 Based on letter symbols (first revision)‘.
b) Tool steels are divided into four categories:
1) Unalloyed cold worked tool steels
2) Alloyed cold woik tool steels
3) Alloyed hot work tool steels
4) High speed steels
In the preparation of this revised standard, assistance has been derived from the following Overseas standards:
IS0 DIS 49.57-1980 Tool steels, issued by International Organization for Standardization, ISO.
DIN 17350- 1980 Tool steels, issued by Deutsches lnstitut Fur Normung, DIN.
ASTM A-600-1989 Tool steels high speed, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.
ASTM A-681-1991 Tool steels alloys, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.
ASTM A-6X6-1989 Tool steels carbon, issued by American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.
For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values (revised)‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996
Indian Standard
SCHEDULES FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 6 CARBON AND ALLOY TOOL STEELS
( First Revision )
1 SiOPE
1.1 This standard is applicable to carbon and alloy tool steels supplied to a specified composition as given in Tables 1, 2, 3 and 4.
1.2 This schedule is not intended to be used as specification to which steel will be ordered. The orders shall be placed to the relevant detailed specifications.
2 GRADES
The tool steelsare divided into four broad categories, namely:
Unalloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TC (Table 1) Alloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TAC (Table 2) Alloyed Hot Work Tool Steels, TAH (Table 3) High Speed Steels, THS (Table 4)
Table l Unalloyed Cold Work Tool Steels, TC ( Clauses 1.1 and 2 )
Grade Designation Chemical Composition. Percent as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 Y---E Si M;;\
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
TC 1 SOT8 0.4%0.55 0.1 o-0.3.5 0.60-0.90
TC 2 SST8 0.X)-0.60 0. I o-o.35 0.60-0.90
TC 3 6OT6 0.5.5-0.65 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.80
TC 4 6ST6 0.60-0.70 0.1 o-o.35 0.50-0.80
TC 5 70T6 0.65-0.75 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80
TC 6 7ST6 0.70-0.80 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.80
TC 7 80T6 0.75-0.85 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.x0
TC X 8ST6 0.80-0.90 0. IO-O.35 0.50-0.80
TC 9 70T3 0.65X.75 0.10-0.30 0.40 Ma
TC 10 8OT3 0.75-0.85 0. 10-0.30 0.40 MUX
TC II 90T3 0.8%0.95 0. I o-0.30 0.40 Mtrx
TC 12 103T3 0.95-1.10 0.1 o-0.30 0.40 MUX
TC 13 I 18T3 1.10-1.2s 0. IO-O.30 0.40 Mu
TC 14 133T3 1.25-1.40 0. IO-O.30 0.40 MUX
NOTES 1 For all steels: S and P 0.035 percent, A4r1.v. 2 For all steels: CI- 0.20 percent Mu. Cu 0.25 percent MUX and Ni 0.25 percent, Mrs.
IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996
. Table 2 Alloyed Gold Work Toal Steels, TAG ( Clauses 1.1 and 2 )
Grade Designation as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 4
(1) * (2) (3)
TAC I TXOV2 0.75-0.8.5 0.10-0.3.5 0.40 MUX
TAC 2 T90V2 0.85-0.95 0. IO-O.35 0.40 Max
TAC 3 T103V2 0.95-O. 10 0.10-0.3s 0.40 MUX
TAC 4 TI 1802 1.10-1.2s 0.1 o-o.35 0.40 MUX
TAC 5 TI3SCr2 1.25-1.40 0.10-0.35 0.40 MUX
TAC 6 TIOSCrS 0.90- 1.20 0.10-0.3s 0.20-0.40
TAC 7 TlOSCrSMn2 0.90-1.20 0. I o-o.35 0.40-0.80
TAC 8 T140WlSCr2 1.30-I.50 0.10-0.3s 0.2%o.so
TAC 9 T60Ni.5 O.SS-0.65 0.10-0.3s 0.x-0.80
TAC IO T40Ni14 0.x-0.45 0.10-0.15 0.50-0.80
TAC I I T30Ni16CrS 0.25-0.3s 0. IO-O.35 0.40-0.70
TAC 12 TSSNi6Cr3 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80
TAC 13 TSONiCrMo4 0.4%0.55 0.10-0.35 0.50-0.80
TAC I4 TSSNibC3Mo3 0.50-0.60 0. I o-o.35 0.50-0.80
TAC IS T4ONi6Cr4Mo.3 0.35-0.45 0. IO-O.35 0.40-0.70
TAC 16 T30NiIOCr3Mo6 0.2.5-0.35 0.10-0.3.5 0.40-0.70
TAC 17 T4ONiIOCr3Mo6 0.35-0.4.5 0.10-0.7.5 0.40-0.70
TAC 18 TIOSW6CrV2 0.90-l .20 0: 10-0.3s 0.40 Max
TAC 19 Tl IOMn4W6Cr4 1.00-1.20 0.10-03 0.90- 1.30
TAC 20 T90Mn6WCr2 0.8%0.9s 0.10-0.3.5 I .25-I .75
TAC 21 XTI60Cr12 1.50-1.70 0.1 o-o.35 0.250.55
TAC 22 XT2ISCr12 2.00-2.30 0. I o-o.35 0.2s0.50
TAC 23 TSSCr3 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.4.5 0.60-0.80
TAC 24 T4SCrSSi3 0.40-0.50 0.80-1.10 o.ss-0.75
TAC 25 TSSCr3V2 O.SO-0.60 0. IO-O.35 0.60-0.80
TAC 26 TSOCr4V2 0.45-05s 0.10-0.3s 0.50-0.80
TAC 27 TSSSi7 0.50-0.60 1 .so-2.00 0.80-I .OO
TAC 2X TSSSi7Mo3 0.50-0.60 1 .SO~2.00 0.80-I .OO
TAC 29 T4OW8CrSV2 0.35-0.4s o.so- 1 .oo 0.20-0.40
TAC 30 TSOW8CrSV2 0.4%0.55 0.50-l .oo 0.20-0.40
Si
(4)
Chemical Composition, Percent
Ni Cr MO V W’ Ml1
0) (6) (7) (8) (9) (IO)
0. I s-o.30 -
0.15-0.30 -
0. IS-O.30 -
- - -
- - -
- -
0.30-0.60 -
- 0.30-0.60 -
1 .OO- I .60 -
- I .OO- I .60 -
0.30-0.70 -
I .oo- 1 .so 0.30 MUX -
3.20-3.60 0.30 Max -
3.90-4.30 1.10-1.40 -
1.25-I .65 0.50-0.80 -
0.80-1.00 0.80-1.00 0.30-0.40
1.25-1.75
1.25-1.75
2.25-2.7s
2.25-2.75
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.50-0.80
0.90-I .30
0.50-0.80
0.50-0.80
0.40-0.80
0.90-l .30
0.30-0.60
11 .o-13.0
11.0-13.0
0.60-0.80
1.20-1.60
0.60-0.80
0.90. I .20
I .oo- I .so
1.00-I.SO
0.25-0.3s
0.20-0.3s
0.40-0.70
0.40-0.70
0.25 Mu”
0.80 MUX” 0.80 MUX” -
0.80 Mtrxl’ 0.80 MUX') -
-
0.25-0.40
-
0.30 MLx -
0.30 MUX -
- -
- -
- 3.50-4.20
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
-
- -
0.20-0.30 1.25-1.7.5
- I .2s- 1.75
0.25 MUX ') 0.40-0.60
- -
- -
0. I o-0.20 -
0. I s-0.30 -
- -
0.12-0.20” -
0.10-0.25 1 .lS-2.25
0. IO-O.25 I .7S-2.25
NOTE - For all steels: P and S 0.035 percent, MUX each.
‘) Optional (wherever optional limit for molybdenum is given, it would apply to either molybdenum alone or molybdenum and tungsten together).
2
IS 1570 ( Part 6 ) : 1996
Table 3 Alloyed Hot Work Tool Steels, TAH ( Cluuses 1 .l and 2 )
Grade Designation Chemical Composition, Percent as per IS 1762 (Part 1) : 1974 - C Si Mn Ni Cr
(1) (2) (3) (4) (3 (6) (7)
TAH I XT33W9Cr3V4 0.25-0.40 0. IO-O.35 0.20-0.40 2.80-3.30
TAH 2 XT35CrSMolV3 0.30-0.40 0.80- 1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.75-5.50
TAH 3 XT3SCrSMoV I 0.30-0.40 0.80-1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.7s-5.50
TAH 4 XT3SCrSMoW IV3 0.30-0.40 0.80-1.20 0.25-0.50 - 4.75-5.50
TAH 5 XTSSW 14Cr3V4 0.50-0.60 0. IO-O.35 0.20-0.40 - 2.80-3.30
TAH 6 TSSNi7CrSMo3V 1 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.65-0.95 I .SO- I .80 0.60-0.80
TAH 7 TSSNi7Cr4MoSV 1 0.50-0.60 0.10-0.3s 0.65-0.95 I .%)-I.80 1.00-1.20
NOTE - For all steels: S and P 0.035 percent, Max each.
MO
(8)
-
1 JO- 1.60
I .20- 1.60
1.20-1.60
-
0.25-0.3s
0.45-0.55
-- V
(9) (:I
0.25-0.50 8.0 10.0
0.20-0.40 -
1.00-1.20 -
0.20-0.40 1.20-I .60
0.30-0.60 13.0. IS.0
0.07-o. 12 -
0.07-O. 12 -
Table 4 High Speed Steels, THS ( Clauses 1 .I and 2 )
Grade ~Designation as per IS 1762
Chemical Composition, Percent
(Part 1) : 1974 A- C
(1) (2) (3
THS I XT78W 18Cr4V 1 0.73-0.33
THS 2 XTIOOMo9Cr4W2V2 0~95-1.0s
THS 3 XT82Mo8Cr4W 1 V 1 0.77-0.87
THS 4 XT87W6MoSCr4V2 0.82-0.92
THS 5 XTl22W6MoSCr4V3 I.151.30
THS 6 XT8OW I3Co I OCr4V2 0.7%0.85
THS 7 XTIOW lSCoSCr4MolVl 0.75-0.85
THS 8 XT90W6CoSMoSCr4V2 0.85-0.9.5
THS 9 XTlS2Wl2CoSVSCr4Mol 1.45-1.60
THS 10 XT127WlOColOCr4Mo4V3 1.20-1.35
THSll XT1 12Mo9CoKr4W2Vl 1 .os- I .20
THS 12 XT1 12W7CoSCr4Mo4V2 1.05-l .20
NOTES
co (4)
-
9.50-10.50
4.70-5.20
4.70-5.20
4.70-S.20
9.50-10.50
7.50-8.50
4.70-5.20
Cr
(3
3.m4.so
3.m4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.m
3.50-4.50
3.m4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.50
3.50-4.50
Mii (6)
8.00-9.00
8.00-9.00
4.60-5.30
4.60-5.30
-
0.70-I .oo
4.60-5.30
0.70-I .oo
3.20-3.90
9.00- IO.00
L-3.50-4.20
V
(7)
WY
(8)
0.90- 1.20 17.20-1x.70
I .70-2.20 1 .so-2.10
0.90-I .40 1.40-2.00
1.70-2.20 5.70-6.70
2.70-3.20 5.70-6.70
1.30-I .80 17.20-18.70
1.10-1.60 17.20-18.70
1.70-2.20 s.70.6.70
4.7s-s.55 11.5-13.0
3.00-3.50 9.0-10.0
0.90. I .40 I .30-1.90
1.70-2.20 6.40-7.40
For all grades, Si = 0.50 percent, Max, Mn = 0.40 percent, Mm, P = 0.030 percent, Mnx, S = 0.030 percent, Mu.
Where Co and MO are not specified, these should not be intentionally added and should not exceed the limits of Co = 1.00 percent, Mm, and MO = 0.70 percent, Mu.
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau ofhuiian Starzdards Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BlS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing thestandard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standaid along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no chanses are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot : No. MTD 16 (3975).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected -
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams : Manaksanstha Telephones : 323 01 31,323 83 75,323 94 02 (Common to all offices)
Regional Offices :
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg NEW DELHI 110002
T&phone
323 76 17 323 38 41
Eastern : 1114 C. LT. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Manfktola CALCUTTA 700054
{ 3378499 3378561 337 86 26: 337 91 20
60 3x 43 60 20 25
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 100022
Sou!hcrn : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, MADRAS 600113 235 02 16, 235 04 42 235 15 19,235 23 15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andhcri (East) MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95,832 78 5X 8327891,8327892 ,
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHC:‘AL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. PATNA. THIRUVANANTlIAPURAM.
- Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi-1 10015, Indl;t
Indian Standard
SCHEDULE FOR WROUGHT STEELS PART 7 STEELS FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE
(CREEP RESISTANT STEELS )
( Second Reprint APRIL 1998 )
UDC 669*14*018*44 (083.4)
@ BIS 1992
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
May 1992 Price Group 7
Alloy Steels aud Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16
FOREWORD
This Indian Standard was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, had been approved by the Metallurgical Engineering Division Council.
Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes ( IS 1570 : 1961 ) was first published in 1961. On the basis of the experience gained in the production and use of steels, the Sectional Committee has decided to revise the standard and issue it in parts. The other parts of the standard are as follows:
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
This schedule specifications.
Steels specified by tensile and/or yield properties
Carbon steels ( Unalloyed steels )
Carbon and carbon manganese free cutting steels
Alloy steels ( excluding stainless and heat-resisting steels )
Stainless and heat-resisting steels
Tool steels
does not give limits for sulphur and phosphorus. These have to be specified in the detailed
For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis shall be rounded off in accordance with IS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised )‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard,
IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992
Indian Standard
SCHEDULEFOR WROUGHTSTEELS PART 7 STEELS FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE SERVICE
( CREEP RESISTANT STEELS )
1 SCOPE
1.1 This Schedule ( Part 7 ) covers the technical requirements and informations for wrought carbon, low alloy and high alloy steels for elevated temperature applications used for the construction of steam and water boilers, pressure vessels, turbines, water and steam pipe line as well as other power generating plants. They are delivered as strips, sheets, plates, pipe lines, forgings and forged, rolled or drawn bars as well as blooms and billets.
2 GENERAL
2.1 While preparing Indian Standards, or revising the existing standards, steels listed in this schedule shall be selected. The specification of mechanical properties different from those given in this schedule should not be made unless special condi- tions of service render this essential. In that event, full reasons for the proposed departure from the steels specified in this schedule shall be submitted to the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, MTD 16 and its approval obtained.
2;2 The ladle analysis of the steels is given in Table 1. These steels have an Increased resistance
to creep due to their alloy contents. The permis- sible deviations between analysis and product analysis are given in Table 2 and the heat treat- ment schedule is given in Table 5.
2.3 These steels are suitable for hot working and cold forming operations and they may generally be welded by the usual welding processes. The hot working characteristics of austenitic steels should be noted.
2.4 In addition to defining the composition limits, the specified mechanical properties appli- cable to the different conditions are included. Table 3 gives the mechanical properties at room temperature and Table 4 gives proof stress at elevated temperature. Table 6 ( for guidance only ) include the data for steels for average creep stresses for 1 o/o elongation and rupture stresses for 10 000, 30 000, 51 000, 100 000, 150 000, 200 000 and 250 000 h.
2.5 The specified mechanical properties are appli- cable to test samples taken from a standard location which should he included in the specifi- cation.
Type of Steel
Table 1 Type of Steel, Chemical Composition and Typical Forms
( Clause 2.2 )
Chemical Composition, wt. y’ Typical Form
(1) 1) Fe360H
2) Fe4lOH
3) 12C7H
4) 18ClOH
5) 16Mo3H
6) 15Mo6H
7) lOMo6H
N 8) 20Mo5H
9) 12Cr4Mo5H
10) 12Cr2Mo5V2H
11) 12Cr9MolOH
12) lOCr36MolOH
13) 4OCrMoH
14) 21CrMoVH
15) 40CrMoVH
16, 20CrMoVTi BH
17) 25Cr2MoVH
18) 20Cr2MoVH
19) 12Cr13H
#.-------4-_------ ______ -__-----*---a--- _-___ -.--I_--- .____ --v----e
C Si Mn Cr MO
(2) 0 20 Max
(3) 0’10 to 0’35
0.10 to W35
0.10 to 0’35
(4)
0’40 to 1’20
U’50 tc, 1’30
0’40 lo 1 %Jo
P S Max Max (5) (6)
0’03 0.03
0’04 o-03
0,045 0’045
(7) (8) 0.25 Max 0'10 Max
Ni V
(9) (10)
0’30 Max --
Others’
0’20 Max 0.25 Max 0’10 Max
0’17 Max W25 Max -
0.30 Mu - -
0.35 Max -
(12)
cu 0.30 Max
Cl1 0’30 Max
CU 0’30 Max
0’15 to 0’22
0’12 to 0.20
0’10 to 0.35
0’10 to 0.35
0.60 to 1’40
0’40 to 0’80
0.045
0’04
0’045
WO30
0’04
0.040
0’040
0’040
0.040
0’035
0’030
0’030
0’03
0.030
0’030
0’040
0.045
0’04
- 0’35 Max -
0.30 Max 0.25 to 0.35
0.35 Max -
CU O-30 Max
CU 0’30 Max Al met 0’02 Max
o-10 to 0.20
@I5 Max
0’15 to 0.25
0’10 to 0’50
0’50 to 1’00
0’10 to 0’35
0’30 to 0’80
0.30 to 0.60
0’90 to 1’40
0’045
0’030
0.04
-
1’00 to 1’50
O-30 Max
0’44 to 0 65
0.45 to fJ.60
0’40 to 0.60
- -
0.30 MUX -
0’10 to 0’10 to 0’40 to 0’18 0.35 0’70
0.70 to 0’45 to 1’10 0’65
-
0’10 to 0.18
0’08 to 0’15
0.15 Max
0’30 to 0’60
0’040
- 0’22 to - 0.32
- -
- -
Cu 0.30 Max Al met 0.02 Max
Al met 0’02 Max aeam
Al met 0.02 Max Al met 0.02 Max Al met WO2 Max
0.35 to 0’45
0.17 to 0.25
0.86 to 0’44
0’17 to 0’24
0’10 to 0’35
0’10 to 0.50
0’25 to 1’0
0.10 to 0’35
0’40 Max
0’10 to 0’35
0’35 Max
xz to
0’30 to 0’70
0’30 to 0.60
0.40 to 0’70
0.40 to 0’80
0.45 to 0’85
0’5 Max
0’030
0’035
0’03
0’03
:z to 1’90 to 2.60
8.00 to IO%0
1.00 to 1’50
1.2 to 1’50
0.9 to 1’2
Y:E to
0’90 to 1’15
0.90 to 1’10
0.50 to 0.80
0.65 to 0 80
::75z to
0.8 to 1’10
0’60 Max 0’25 to 0.35
0.25 to 0’35
0’50 Max 0’7 to 1’0
0’20 to 0’30
0’20 to 0’30
0.09 to 0’15
0’20 to 0’50
0’20 to 0’50
1.00 Max
0’30 to 0’60
0’30 10 O’GO
1’00 Max
0’025
0’030
0’030
1’5 to I’80
1.5 to 1.80
11’5 to 14WI
0’90 to 1’20
0.60 to 0’80
-
0*40 Max 0.20 to 0’30
0’40 Max W20 to 0.30
1’00 Max -
w
(11)
-
-
-
-
-
_-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Ti 0’05 to 0’12 B 0.005
Cl1 0’30 Max
cu 0*30 Mm
(13)
Plates
Plates
Sz;Tless pjpes pipes
with scam
do
Seamless pipes bars forgings steel plates
Steel plate,s
S;;;leo pipes pipes
with plates
Seamless pipes plater
Seamless pipes bars, forgings
Seamless pipes
Bar, forging
do
do
Bars, forgings
Forgings
Bars, forgings
Bar, forging plates
Table 1 ( concluded )
Type of Steel
(1) 20) 12Cr12MoH
21) 12Crl2MoVH
22) 12Cr12Ni2Mo
23) $K$l2MoNi
24) $IC$NiMoNb
25) 7Cr18NilOH
w 26) 3Crl8NillH
27) 6Cr17Ni12 Mo2H
28) 3g317Ni12Mo
29) 7Cr19Nill TiH
30) 7C$rNi I1
31) 1 lCrl7Ni 0.07 to 1.00 Max 13W3TiH 0’15
0’03 to 0’08
1’00 Max
Chemical Composition, wt. y0 Typical Form --------- __-_- ____ -__--*--_--___-_-----~__.__~~-~ ,
C Si
(2) (3) 0’08 to 0’16
0’08 to 0’16
0’08 to 0.16
O-17 to 0.23
0'60 Max
0.60 Max
0’35 Max
0’50 Max
Mn
(4) 0.40 to 1’00
0’40 to 1’00 0’50 to 0’90
1’00 Max
P Ma*
(5) 0.040
0’040
0.040
0’040
8z0 to
0’045
0’045
0.045
0’045
0’045
0’045
0’045
0’045
AL%
(6)
Cr
(7)
MO Ni Others
0’035 11’5 to 13’00
(9) 1’0 Max
V
(10)
0’035 11’5 to 13’00
1’0 Max
(12) (13) - Bar, forging
Bar, forging
0.030 11’0 to 12’5
0’030 11’0 to 12.50
2’0 to 3’0
0’30 to 1’00
N 0’02 Bar, to 0’04
forging plate
- Bar, forging reamless
0.16 to 0’24 “tt& to
0.04 to 075 Max 0’10
0’030 Max 1.00 Max
0’08 Max 1’00 Max
0’030 Max 1.00 Ma%
0’04 to 0’20 to 0’10 0’80
0’04 to 0’75 Max 0’10
0’3 to 0’24
y$o to 10 to 12
(8) 0’40 to 0’80
0’40 to 0’80 1.5 to 2’00
0’7 to 1’20
0’5 to 1’0
0.3 to 1’00
0.10 to 0% 0’25 to 0’40
0’20 to 0’35
0’1 to 0’30
2’00 Max
2’00 Max
2’00 Max
2’00 Max
0.030
0’030
0.030
0’030
0’030
0’030
0’030
0.030
Bin@yoMax Bar forging
Ma; Nb0’2 to 0.50
17.00 to 20’00
- 8’00 to 12’00
17.00 to 19.00 16.00 to 18’00
- Seamless tubes, plates bars, forgings
Plates, forgings seamless tubes
16.00 10 18’00
-
2’00 to 3’00
2’00 to 3’00
9’00 to 13’00 10.00 to 14’00
10’00 to IWO
- Seamless pipes, bars, forgings plates
- Plates,seamless tubes
2’00 Max 17’00 to 20’00
9.00 to 13W
2’00 Max 17’00 to 19’00
- 9.00 to 13%0
-
-
W
(11) -
-
Ti> 4xc< Seamless pipes, 0’60 bars forgings
yob,‘, ps&== Seamlesspipes, . bars, forgings,
plates 1’00 Max 15.5 to
17.50 00.006 0 13’5 to 16’00
- 12’00 to 14.50
2’00 Max forgings 1’00 to 1’50
24.00 to 27’00
2’5 to Ti > 4xc 3’5 <O-80 B
Seamlesspipes,
O*OOO 6 Max bars forgings
O’lOto Ti 1’9 to 0’50 2’30
Bars forgings,
Al met Seamless pipe
0’35 Max B WOO3 to 0’010
Element not quoted in this table shall not be intentionally added to the steel without the agreement of the purchaser, other than for the purpose of finishing the heat. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent the addition, from scrap or other materials used in mechanical properties and applicability.
manufacture, of such elements which effect the hardenability
IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992
Table 2 Permissible Deviation Between Specified Analysis and Prodact Analysis
( Clause 2.1 )
Element
%
CuptoO~25
C above 0.25
si up to 1’0
Mn up to 2.0
P up to 0’05
s up to 0’05
Cr up to I
Above 1 up to 2’5
Above 2’5 up to 1090
Above IO.0
Ni up to 1
Above 1 up to 2.5
Above 10’0
MO up IO I
Above 1
v
cu
Al
Nb
W
Permissible DeviPtions*
f 0’02
f 0’03
f 0’05
f 0’0.5
+ O-005
+ 0’005
+ 0’03
f 0.05
l 0’10
f 0.15
+ 0.03
f 0.05
* O-10
+ O-03
f 0’05
f o-02
f 0’02
f 0’005
f 0’005
+ 0’10
*The deviations, other than when maximum or minimum only are specified, apply either above or below the specified limits of the range but not both above and below for the same element from sample products from the same cast.
4
IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) I 1992
Table 3 Mechanical Properties at Room Temperature
( Clause 2.4 )
Tvue Pro duct Heat’) Thickness Hardnesst) R&23) Rm4)
MPa _-- A-.- ‘Min
(8) 360
Max
(9) 480
% Min
520
480
580 22
590
5%
-
660
448 590
470 620
;t
;z 17
22
30. 21
f :, 19
22
g
18
690
610
610
!E
15
19
610 560 640
E
% 1000
850
16
200
:: 15 20
::
16
1000 950
14 14
15
- 16
-
850
16
:6’
Ab) Bend’) KVQ Test Max D
J MflX
(11) (12) - 0’5 a
-
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
2a
4a
4a
3a
-
-
3a
-
3a
- -
-
3’5 a
-
- - -
-.. of Treatmdnt mm RB
Up to aod’ Including
(5) 16 40
1:; 150
G
1:: 150 -
(‘3) -
-
HFaN -
16
:; 100 -
-
- -
16
z 100 - 16 40
1::
- - -
-
- - - 16
:: 100
255 -
-
- - -
- -
200
250
100 200
200
-
- - - -
-
-
205-250
-
241-269
900
-
At the average
200 do
600 220
-Miin MPa Bend’)
Steel bver
(4) 3
16
: 100
3
z
1: -
3
2 63 -
- -
3 16
tB
3 16
E!
- -
1:
2
- - - - - -
-
loo -
-
-
- -
410
360
460
(1) 1 Plate (2)
(3)
N (7)
205 195 185 175 170 225 215 205
:z
215
265
260 250 250
Note 8 250
205 205 355 345 345
Note 8
:z 305 305
Note 8
440
440
380 415
510
410 375
275 285 285 285
Note 8
560 540
460
460
275 135 275 275 335 135 390 635
550
460 410 490
% 410 590 850
700
700 850 635 800
680-780 800
420 630
500
550 450
630
El
2 Plate
Quadrangular seamless pipe
Seamless pipe and pipe with seam
Seamless pipe and pipe with seam
Seamless pipes, steel plates
N
N
N,N+T
Bars, forgings Q+T Tuber N+T
Tubes N+T Steel plates N+T
6 7
8
Pipes Plates
9
Bars, forgings
Pipes Plates
N+T Q+T N+T N+T
10
Bars., forgmgs
Pipes
Bars, forgings
Pipes
Bars, forgings Bar?, forgmgs
Bars, forgmga
Bars, forgings
Forgings of tur- bine shafts
N+T Q+T A N+T M+T Q+‘JJ
11
ii 63
2”: -
-
-
12
13 14
15
16
17
:+T Q+T Q+T
- - -
Q+T -
Q+T
N+T
- 18 Bars, forgings
2s 1570 ( Part 7 ) t 1992
Table 3 ( concluded )
TS-- Pr0dlWt
Bend’) Steel
(1)
19 (2)
Bars, forgings plates
Bars, forgings
(3)
A
20
21
22
Bars, forgings
23
24
25
Bars, forgings
Bars, forgings plates
Bars, forgings Seamless pipe
Bars, forgings
Tubes, forgings plates
Q+T
Q+T
Q+T
Q+T
Q+ ‘G Q+ Ta
Q+T
Q
26 Tubes, forgings plates
Q
27 Pipes, ban forginga plates
Q
28 Tubes, platen Q
29 Pipes bars, forgings
30 Pipes, bars, forgings plates
Ql Q¶
Q
31 Bars, forgings pipes
hot cold worked S+P
32 Bars, forgings pipes plates
S+P
Heatl) Tkicknese Hudnesst~ ow Treatment mm RR “Rr*
e-d-* ---- I& her
(4)
0;
05
Up to and ’ Including
(5)
160 25
160 25
75
150
1560
250 250
250
(6) (7) (8) (9) (10) - 265 470 670 20
175-235 420 590 780 16
> 192
0’5
-
3 40
3 30
3 40
3 40
-
s 40
5
0’5
285-331 280-330
255-280 265-310
265-310
490 680
585 770
785 930 785 930
590 780 700 900
750 900
195 490 195 490 40
63
30 50
40 63
-
::
60
100
250
63
- 175 175
- -
- -
-
205 205 205
185 185
175-235
-
155 195
205
‘2::
398
220
490 440
510 490
490 448
E
510 490
600
500
248-341 600 900
Rm4) % MPm Min
‘Mh M&
880
930
1 130 I 130
930 I 050
1 050
%
690 640
710 690
690 710
710 690
808
730
ll60
20
15
$
14 II
10
!8 45
El 45
30
::
30
4:;
30 30
30
3:
25
35
15
A5) KW Max
J
(11) 60
40
25
40
27 20
20
-
55
70
40
Bead’) Test
Lx
( 12)
-
-
11 A = Annealed, N = normalised, Q- quenched, T - tempered, S = solution treated, P - precipitation hardened. HF= hot finished
s) In case of dispute, the tensile strength value is deciding.
s, Rp 0’2 = 0’2 O/e proof st?ess.
4) Rm= tensile strength.
w AP elongation after fracture. In case, of bars the values are valid for test pieces with a gauge length of Lo = 5’65 z/S%( So 3 original cross-sectional area ). In the case of flat products, the values are valid for both test pieces either of 20 mm width and 80 mm gauge length or of 12’5 width and 50 mm gauge length.
sl Average of three test results. One individual value may be below the specified value provided if it is not less than 70% of that value.
‘71 KV = impact energy of V-notch teat pieces.
s) Drnaa = maximum diameter of mandrel, a - thickness of teat piece.
91 For thickness > 63 mm but < 100 mm, the value specified for the thickness range > 40 mm but < 63 mm are lowered by 1% for each 5 mm thickness over 63 mm.
6
Table 4 Proo~Stnss at fievated ‘femperatmrem ( @‘or Gui&ace Oaiy i
( Claus 2.4 )
TJ-JP”
Steel
Product lid’) Thickness Treatment
Rp 92 Mftt in MPa at Temperature ‘C mm ------
‘loo 158 280 250 300 500
(14)
139
550 608 650 700 750 800 ,
(61 (7) (8) (9)
-
187
234
237
172 168 150 169 162 144 158 152 141 148 144 136 200 195 174 192 185 165 182 175 162 170 166 157 176 165 145
223 212 195
232 218 200
240 270 210 259
lack of data
230 220 210 259 248 237 200 192 180 248 235 218
108 261
98 363 630 530 670 630
99 92 85 253 245 236
88 79 78 348 334 330
610 500 635 615 lack of data
330 350 460 440 508 480
235 410
to be agreed upon 246 225 380 345
350
(11) 117 117 117 117 137 137 137 137 111
162
153
169 203 135 184
76 224
76 322
336 400 440
400 450
(12) (13) 115 115 115 115
tz 133 133 109 107
159 156
148 143
(15) 06) (17) (18) (19) (20)
164 161 156 151 146 199 194 188 181 174 130 127 124 120 117 177 168 155 148 135
72 69 218 205
75 74 316 311 525 498 410 380 540 506 525 480
:7: 337; 410 380
205 195 305 285
66
189 167 145
71 290 235 456 350 460 403 435 -
350
185 175 - -
-0lW
(4) 3
16 40 63
1:
48 63
-
-
-
-
108
up to ami Including
(5) 16 40 63
100
3 63
180 40
48
40 60
-
-
900
100 500
- -
(1) (2) 1 Plate
(3) N
2 Plate N
Seamless pipes and pipe with seam
Seamless pipea and pipe with scam
Seamless pipes, bars, forgings ateel plater
Tubes Tubes Steel plates Pipes Plates Bars, forgings Pipes, platea, Bars, forgings Pipes, bars, forgings
HF, N
HF, N
N,N+T Q+T
d 6 7 8 9
10
11
12 Pipes
13 Bars, forgings 14 Bars, forgingr 15 Bars, forgings
16 Bars, forgings 17 Forgings
N+T N+T N+T N+T N + T, N+T, Q+T N+T, N +T N+T, Q+T A N + T, N+T,Q+T A N+T Q+T Q+T Q+ J-1 Q+ T, Q+T N+T
18 Bars, forgings N+T
19 Bars, forginga plates A Bara, forgings plates Q+T
(10) 124 124 124 124 145 145 145 145 122
177
167
183 116 150 192
80
230
77 326 575 468 598 580
Table 4 ( concluded )
_---_-- Rp 0’2 Mist in MPa at Temperature “C ------h -- T”
Steel
Product
(1) 20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
00 29
30
31
32
(2) Bars, forgings
Bara, forgings
Bars, forgings plates
Bars, forgings
Seamless pipes
Bars, forgings
Tubes, forgings, plates
Tubes, forgings, plates
Pipes plates bars forgings
Tubes, plates
Pipes bars,
forgings
Pipes bars, forgings, plates
Pipes bars, forgings
Pipes, bars, forgings, plates
Heat’) Treatment
(3)
Q+T
Q+T Q+T Q+ TI Q+ TI
QfT
Q
Q
Q
Q
Ql
QI
Q
Hot cold worked s+p
s+p
Thickness mm
r--.~-- Over
(4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Up to and’ Including
(5)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
’ 100 150 200
(6) (7) (8)
480 450
575 555
680 655
560 530
650 600
730 700
132 120 109
lack of data
155 144 132
lack of data
107 103 97
148 144 139
171 162 153
383 373
210 195
590 570
250
(91
180
121
94
134
149
306 350
(10) (11)
410
535
650
480
550
655
93 87
113 107
90 85
130 124
139 133
324
176
555
400 450 500 550
(14) (15)
330 -
450 -
505 400
335 280
390 330
470 480
79 78
600 650 700 750 800 ; ID
(12) (13)
380 360
510 480
610 560
420 380
485 440
580 530
84 81
(16) (17) (18) (19) (20) ,”
250
205
258
315
76
101 89 95 92 90 89 88
80 76
119 114
129 125
275 250
157 155
535 520
74 73
111 107
123 122
226 197
152 143
510 498
72
104
120
71
101
70
99
167
137
465 425 375 305 225
1) A E annealed, N = normal&d, Q = quenched, T = tempered, S = Solution, P = precipitation hardened.
Table 5 Heat Treatment11
( Clause 2.2 )
Tzfpe
Steel
Heat Normalisation Treat_ r--_ _----_-h__----.y ment Tempe- Time of Coolings) Svm- rature Y: Holding
0)
1
2
(‘4 (3)
N 900-930
N 890-920
3 and 4
HF, N 880-940
5 N 900-940
N + T 880-930
9 N + T 900-960
., at Trmpe-
rature
(4) (5)
1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air
Thickness of In quiet plate btrt not air less than 20 min
1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air thickness of pipe wall hut not lens than 20 min
1 to 2 min In qlliet per 1 mm air thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min
1 to 2 min In quiet per 1 mm air thickness of plate hut not less than 20 min
1 to 2 min In quiet prr 1 mm air thlckue>s of forging or pipe wall hut not le::s thau “:l !,,ir,
Tempering Stress Relief of Quenching and Tempering --------A-.-- -- Annealing or r_--.--_-- -h_ __.__ -. --7 Tempe- Time of Tempering after Quenching Temperings)
rature Holding Bending or #----A_ - _~ c--_-h---7
“C at Tem- Welding Tempe- Cooling Tempe- Time of rature Holding perature T-_-h___~
Tempe. Time of rature Holding
“C Trmpc- raturc
rat&e “C “C at ‘Tem-
perattIre
(6)
-
(7) (0) 1,‘))
- 600-650 2 min per 1 mm
- - 6OO-GSO Thickness of pla*e but not less than30min
- - 600-6.50 2 min per 1 mm
- - 60~650 Thickcvss of pipe wall bllt not less than 15 min
600-650 1’5 to 2 min 600.6.50 per 1 min thickness of pipe wall
do
600-650 1 to 3 min 600-650 2 min per per 1 min I mm thick- thickness ness but not but not less less than IS than 15 min min
6.10-720 1 to 3 min 660-710 2 min pvr per 1 mm 1 mm thick- thickness ncss hut not hut not 1~ ss Irss thau 15 than 1 ‘> m in miu
(10)
-
-..
-
900-940
-
W-IO-‘WI
(11) (12) (13,
- - -
Oil 6OO-NO - or
water
Table 5 ( concluded )
Type of
Steel
(1)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Heat Normalisation Tcmpcring Stress Relief of Quenching and Tempering Treat- r-------- _L_________~ ~_.__-__n__-... ~ Annealing or r-_ -_-----A.___,._ _-._ --_ meat Tempr- Time of Tempe- Time of Tempering Sym- rature “C Holding at
Coohugs) rature Holding after Bending
Quenching Ternprrings) _____h--__-_ ---__ *_-___
b&k’)
(2) (3)
N + T 930-980 Q+r
N + T 900-960 Q+T
A __ 850-950
Tempera- ture
“C
(4)
I to 2 min per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min
(5) (6)
For pipes 670-720 in quite air, for forgings of 50 mm thickness in quiet air, above 50 to 100 in compres- sed air and above 100 mm in oil
1 to 2 min per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min
do 650-780
1 to 2 min Air 700-800 I to 3 min 760-820 2 min per per I mm 1 mm thick- thickness ness but not but not less less than 15 than 15 min min
N + T 900-f 000 per 1 mm thickness of forging or pipe wall but not less than 20 min
Q+T -
Q + T 900-950 - Air
Q+T+ - - - Q+T* - -
Q+T - - -
N + T 940-970 -_ Quiet air
at Trm- perature
(7’
min 3 h
or Welding- ~---_L---~ Tempe- Time of rature Holding
“C Tempe- rature
(8) (9)
688-740 -
1 to 3 min 730-760 2 ruin per per 1 mm 1 mm thick-
thickness ness but not but not less less than 15 than 15 min min
- - - -
380-680 - 480-650 -
- - - - -
- - - -
690-760 - - -
N + 1’ 970-990
&+T 700-780
- Quiet air 680-700 - - -
- Air - - - -
Tempe- rature
“C
(‘0)
975-l 000
930-l 030
-
Cooling’ ‘Tempe- Time of rature Holding
“C at Tem- perature
(11) (12) (13)
Oil 730-750 -
Oil 650-760 - 08.
water
- -
840-870
920-980
Oil 600-700 -
Air 680-740 min 2 h Oil
880-950 Oil 670-720 - 940-970 Oil 600-700 -
- - -
870-900 Oil 600-700 ruin 2 h
950-I 000 Air, 700-750 min 2 h Oil
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Q+T - Q+T - -
Q+T - -
Q+TI - -
Q+T2 - -
Q+T - -
Q -
Q -
Q -
Q -
g: z Q -
Hot cold - worked at about 750°C
s+p -
s+p -
- - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
- - -
-
-
- -
749-780
740-780
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
970-l 020
1 050 f 10
1 035-I 065
1 020-l 070
I 020-l 070
I 109.1 159
9W1199
950-I 109
I 100-l 100
850-l 109
1 070-I 140
950-I 070
950-I 190
1 109-l 150
980f 10
Oil 650-750 min 2 h
Air, 650-700 oil
Oil 600-700
Air, 680-746 oil, water
do 649-790
Air, 670-750 Oil
Oil, - air, water
Air, - water oil
Air, -
$;p;JJ;; ,
Air, water - oil
do -
do -
Air, water - oil
-
-
min2h
min 2 h
min 2 b
-
-
Air, 759-800 - water
Oil, 720 f 10 - water
l Q + Ts would apply to sixes up to 100 mm, Q + Ta to sizes above 100 up to 200 mm.
1) Except in cases where test samples are to be reference heat treated, the indications in this table are for guidance only.
1) A = annealed, N = normalird, P = precipitation hardened, Q = quenched, S = aolution treated, T = tempered.
s) If a stress relief treatment is necessary, the stress relief temperature should be at least 30% lowar than the temperiog temperature.
‘bble 6 Stress Rupture Properties at Eievatd Temperatures ( For Guidance Only )
( Clam.9 2.4 )
=oT He*t Time EmtJmrted Average Stress for Rupture’), IMP=, Temperature “C Treat_ HO-m ----- _ -__--_--_--- e--_-w--w- h-----------__-__-.--~-~-~~-_-____~
Steel mcnt 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 S)%lhOl
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (IO) (11) (12) il3) (14) (15) (161 (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
1 N 10000 213 197 166 151 138 125 112 and 30000 192 176 tz 147 133 120 lo7
iii ‘ii ;z
67 l 3E
2 50000 183. 167 152 138 125 112 100 77 66 50. :2* 35. JO0 000 171. 155. 141* 127t 114. 102. 90. 78. 67’ 57. 47’ 36. 150000 164’ 149. 134. 121+ 108’ 96, 84’ 73. 62. 52. 41. 29. 200 OCK) 159. 144’ 1305 116. 104’ 92. 80. 69’ 50’ 48. 37’ 23’ 250000 155. 140’ 126* 113’ 101. 89. 77. 66. 55’ 45. 34’
3 N
is 4 N
HF
10000 221 30 000 192 50000 181.
100000 164’ 150 000 153’ 200 000 146. 250 000 1402
201 175 163. 145.
t:S* 3 l
123.
181 164 148 157 140 124 145’ 128. 112. 127. llO+ 940 1195 101. 84’ 111+ 93’ 77’ 1042 86. 72*
132 IOU 97’ 7Y’ 71. 64’ 59.
118 9.t 82. 68. 59. 53. 49.
104 81 701 56’ 48. 44* 401
91 ii: 68 59 51 70 51. 43+ (36)* 5Y* 50* 43. 365 (30)* 46+ 3Y* (33)* 40. (34)* (28)’ - -
(36)* (30)* (33)* (27)* - 1 r
5 N N+T Q+T
8 N+T lack of data
9 N+T Q+T
10 000 30 000 50 000
100 000 15olmu 200 000 250 000
10000 279 30000 251 50 000 237
100000 211, 150000 196. 200 000 185’ 250 000 177.
10000 30 000 50 000
100000 150000 200000 250 000
254 224 206 182*
;i;+ l
156+
229 206 197 174 179 158 157’ 135’ 144. J24* 135+ 114* 127* 106.
fE 137 117. 104. 95+ &8*
163 133 119 100+ 87. 79. 75.
145 117 103 aa+ 75* 692 64’
127 101 88 83+ 66+ 59f 551
298 273 2602 239’
;:g
210+
113 100 88 78 71 88 i: 68 60 (52)
E* 59 (52) (45)
50, (45)’ - - (56). (48)‘. . - - (50)*, - - - - (46)+ - __ - -
273 247 220 196 171 147 244 216 187 150 134 113 229. 208’ 172 144 119 99 208’ 178+ 140* 123+ 101 81 197. J68* 139* JJ4* 91. 74+ 188. 159* 130+ 105* 84’ 69+ lOO+ 151* 124+ lOO+ 68* 65.
304 273 239
267 233 239 207 :z 210 177 146 194* 161+ 132. 180+ 148’ 122* 170* 139’ 114.
209 i69 149 121 108’ 99. 91’
125 102 82 64 93 76 61 49 80
& 48’ (39P - 55+ 45’ (36jS - 52. (42). (33)* -
179 154 129 109 91 76 64 53 44 140 I16 96 79 66 54 44 36 (29) 124 101 82 68 55 45 - - - 99 81 67 54 43 35 - - - 07* 71 57 46 38 (31) - - -
:;: 64. 59. 52+ 48’ 42, 39+ 34+ 32* (28)* (26)* - - - - - -
fS 1570 ( Pmrt 7 ) t 1992
Table 6 ( ronhud ,
Type Hed Tfmt EstIm.tcd Arrngc Strms for RuPawr% MPm, Trmpcr.tmre “C of Tre.t- Holrs ~_--~--_---__---------.----___-----------
stcc, rmC¶lL 380 3% 4oa 410 420 430 440 *----- _____ - _.-_____ ___-________________ ,
4% 4Ml 470 4ao 4% 500 510 520 530 540 55o 560 570 SylUbOl
590 590 6oo 610 620 690 MO 650 660
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (R) (9) (IO) (11) (12) (19) (14) (15) (16) (17) (la) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) ,(29) (30) (91) (92)
610 620 690 640 650 660
IO N+T IO ooo
Q+T 9OCGl 929 268 241 219 198 179 I64 148 194 121 loa 95 78
Mooa 261 292 209 I87 1% I52 195 I21 107 99 80 67 Go)
loOOOO 249 217 193 172 I59 I96 I21 107 92 78 66 - -
15oooo 2la I91 170 I50 191 116 loo a5 72 59 (46). - -
2ooooo 205 179 156 I96 II9 101. 85. 70. 57’ (45). (95). - -
25ilm 194. 169’ 146. 127* 109. 9l* 76. 6l* (48). (37). (28). - -
185* 160* 19w ll9* 1010 890 6a* 54. (42). (92). - - _
I1 A IO ooo 25,* 2368 221. 2% I91 177 I62 I47 199 121 lo8 96 a5 76 68 61
N+T 30000 226* 211 I%* IllI 166 I53 139 126 II9 lol a9 78 70 61 54 48
5oow 211. 197. IaS* 170’ l56* 142. 128. 1160 104 32 a1 71 62 54 47
looooo 1%. 182. &a* 154. 141. l27* IW ,020 99. 70. 69. 59 51 44 (3s). ($
15OOOO 193. l77* 161. 145’. 129. 116’ 109. 91. 79’ 71. 620 54. 46’ 408 (35). Pm*
2oomnl I%* 170. 154. 1980 123. 1100 970 85. 75* 66. 580 50. 49. (97). (92). (28).
25ooflo lal* 165. I49* 132. lla* 1050 99. aI* 72. 69. 54. 47. 40’ (95). (3o).’ (26).
N+T IO 0% 309. 285. 263. 240 219 196 I76 I55 137 122 lo8 % a5 76 68 61
30 ml 276* 2549 239* 219 192 172 I52 194 II8 IO9 90 79 70 61 54 48
Mew 257’ 2%. 217. 197. 1778 I%* l99* 123. l07* 99 80 71 62 54 47 42
Q+T IMIOOO 221. 20). l%’ l70* 159* l97* 122. l07* 93 79 69 59 51 44 (38) (34).
15OKlJ 209. 1920 175. 1%. 141. 126. llO* 95* 82. 73* 638 54* 47 40 (33) (SOP
2wooo 209. I%* 169. 152. 134. 119* 109* 89. 77. 68’ 588 50. 43 (97). (32). (28).
25ooccl I%* laI* 164. 147* I%* 113* 98. 848 749 64* 55. 47. 41. (35)’ (90). (26).
12 A 10 ooo Iai I61 I42 127 I12 99 a6 76 67 58
3oocm
50 (44). (38) 39 28 25
139’ 137. 121. IO,* 90. 79. 69* 60. 520 45. Sa* 99.
5oooa
28’ 25. 228 19.
1470 1270 Ill* 950 a2* 739 620 590 46. 99. 39’ 28. 25* 21. la* (l6)*
IOOWO 131. 119. %* 83. 72* 62* 59. 45* 380 92. 27. 23. 20’ (17). (II). (II)*
1500% 123. 105. 90. 76. 65. 56. 478 408 939 280 24. 21. (17). (15). (19). -
2ooooo 116. 99’ 84. 72* 61. 52’ 44. 97* 91’ 25. 22. 19. (16). (14). - -
2xlrml III. 95. ao* 6a* 5a* 498 41. 340 280 2.50 210 (17). (15p - - -
IO wo 224 199 177 157 198 I21 I04 91 79 69 60
90 ooo
51 ti 3a 33 28 z5
197. 174. 142. IS3 II6 1% a5 74 63 54 46 99 34 29. 26.
Moo0
220 (lap
185. l62* 141. 129. I%* 90. 77’ 67. 57. 47. 41. 33. 29. 25. 19. (la). (16).
moooo 167. 144. 124. I%* 910 780 66. 57e 47. 40. 34* 2a* 248 21
l5OOlW
(17). (15). (12).
156. I%* 117. I%* 85. 74. 62. 52. 43* 36* SO* 30. 25. 22. (la)* (16). (13)
2ooooo 150’ 129. 111. 94. 80. 69. 57* 48. 40* 33’ 27.
2Moml
24’ 20. (17). (II)* - -
145. 125. 1%. 90. 76. 65. 54. 43. 97. 31’ 26* 22. 19. (16). (IS) - -
17 and IO ooo 370 452 434 412 9% 961 991 2% 262 235 210 la5
I8
169 I41
IM)o% 944 374 352 928 309 271 218 219 la7 159 194 II2 94 75
13
IS 157lJ ( Part 7 ) I 1992
Table 6 (confinutd )
VP”
Stnl
(1)
13
14 QfT
I5 QfT
I6
19
Q+T
A
Q+T
20 Q+T
21 Q+r
22 Q+T
23 Q+ TI Q+ T,
24
31
Q+T
Hot Cold
Worked
s+p
32 S+P
Tima liowu
(3)
10 O@l
100000
10 ml lOOMlo
10 000
100000
10000 100000
10 000
lOoOel
10000
10 000
IO 000
100 OI
10 000
IwO%
IO 000
10 co0
lOOOO+l
IO 000
10 wo
355 230 I40
2aa 170 74
lack of data
123 - 29
78 - 25
1wr w, 40’) 80’) 5eJ 25’1
137 36 39
4%
373 289 165 79
221 1% 44
347 245 137
16-S
579 441 324
(a) (9) (10) (II) (12)
478 247
347 136
405 2a2
323 la5
494
371
2%
170
4a0
432
59
109 74 45
196 98
5%
(13)
90
600
(14)
163
93
127
191 123
2w1
12(r) 130’) 75’)
98
2ca
157
102
211
137
274
373
284
69 47
w,
45’)
2%
270
347
215
3%
275
392
460
392
44
92
96
57
103
59
157 69
226
137
191
608 4% 363
(15) (16) (17)
127 68 68 29
I35 ml
216 127
67
14
Table 6 ( roncludtd )
IS 1570 ( Part 7 ) : 1992
“‘P’ Hat Time E.tlmnerd Avemge Screw for Rupt.te’,, MPa, T*mper.twe “C Trmt- HO_” _________-_-e-e--- ---- - ------ --- ---* -- - r_ ___ --------.-_-_-_--__-___._____ _____
Steel meat 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 p--7
730 740 750 Symbcw
(1) (21 25 Q
26 Q
27 Q
28 Q
29 Q
Q2
30 Q
(3) IO coo
2Qom
5oow looooa
WJOM)
2oowl
25om
IO CQO
30 OOQ
5olm
lrmooo
15ooim
mooo
25oUoo
(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(i1)(l2l(l3)(1))(15~(~6)(l7~l~8)~lQ1~2") 121) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (.Io) 141) 176 l6& 157. I42 131 122 113 104 95 87 79 73 67 61 55 48
147. 135. 126. llS* 105. 96' 88. 80' 74' 67. 61 55 50 44 (40)' 05).
134. 1239 113. 103. 94. 85. 709 72' 65. 58. 52' 47' 419 (36)* (82)~ (27).
115. 105. 98* 89. 81. 74* 68. 61. 55. 50. 45. (40)' (35). (30). 126)' 123).
108. 99. 89. 81' 748 67* 6O* 54s 49. 43' (39). (34). (30). (36)' (231' (20)'
102. 93. 84' 76* 69. 62. 56. 50' 45. (40)' (35). (31). (27). (24). (21,. -
978 88. 79. 73. 66' 59. 58‘ 478 428 (37). (33). (29). (25). (22,. - -
lack ofdrtn
260 245 228 211 195 179 I64 149 136 123 III 91) 89 8o 74 65 59 53 48 44 39
243 224* 204. 187* 171' 155 139 125 II2 IO0 89 79 72 64 57 51' 46 41 378 33* 30*
226. 208' 192* 175' l58* 142 128 II5 103 91 80 72 63 56* 50 45' 40' 36' 32. 29. (26). 1%' ,800 160' 147* 132. 118; 106. 96' 86* 76* 69. 6Q* 53. 46' 41* 37' 33; 30* 27* (25,' (?3)*
l87* 171. l52* 139. l24* 110' 97. 86. 76. 68* 60. 53. 47' 41* 36; 3L* 28' (25). (24). (2,). -
l8l* l65* 146' 1339 116' 103. 91. 8o* 71. 63. 56* 498 43* 38* 33' 29. (26)' (24)* (22)* (20)* -
1768 159' 14V 1279 110' 97. 86* 76. 67. 59' 52* 46* 40* 35* 31' 28' (25)' (23)* (21)' (19;* -
Iackofdata
197 182 170 157 145 134 124 II4 lo4 95 86 77 (70)' (63)
167' I.54 I42 130 120 109 99 90 82 75 (67)' (60,. (53)' (47)*
1548 142. l3O* 120. 110' 100' 91* 828 75* (67)' (6U)' (54)* (47). (42).
137' 126. ll6* 1%. 97* 88' 788 71. (64). (57). (50). (44)' (39). (3~
130* 119‘ 1o9* 99* 89* 80. 73. (65). (57). (XX* (44)* (38,' (33)* -
125. 113* 103. 93. 84' 76' (68)* (60)' (53). (46)' (4O)* (35). (30). -
120' iOQ* 99. 89* 800 72. (64)' (57). (50). (43;* (37); (32)' - -
I85 170 156 142 130 120 II0 lol 92 82 74 65 (S7,* (48)*
154. 141 128 118 107 98 88 79 71 61 (53)' (46) (40)* (34)*
l39* 127* ll7* l07* 978 87* 77. 698 6O* (52)' (44). (37). (37)* (27)*
l23* ll2* lO2* 92* 8L* 74* 64' (55). (47). (40,' (36). (31)' (27). (23)'
112' 102. 93* 83' 738 64. 55* (47)' (41)* (35)' (30)* - - -
106' 968 86* 76* 67* 589 (50)* (43,* (37). (32)' (27)' - - -
lOI* 92. 818 72' 62. (54). (46). (40)' (34). (29)' - - - -
243 228 215 2M) 186 173 159 146 134 I24 II4 104 95 86 77 69 61 54 46
210. Isa I84 172 I59 I46 133 123 112 102 92 83 74 66 58 51 44 38 (33)
1%. 185. 172. 159' 146 133 123 III IO1 91 82 74 66 58 5, +I 39 (33)' (28)
l8,* 168' 154. 142. 129' 118 106 96 86 77 69 61 53 46 40' 35. (30)' (25). (22).
l7l* l58* 145' 132' 121' 109. 98* 88* 7')* 76. 639 55. 48' 42' 36' (32). (28)* (24). -
1609 l5,* 138' 1279 ll4* 103* 938 831 75' 66* 58* 51. 4t* 38. (33)' (29)' r25i* r22)* -
159' 146. 133' 122. 110' 99* 88. 79' 71* 63' 55. 48. 41 36* (31)' (271' - - ,25,*
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau ofIndian Standards Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed from Dot : No. MTD 16 ( 3335 ).
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
-
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones : 323 01 31. 323 94 02, 323 33 75
Telegrams: Manaksanstha ( Common to
all offices )
Regional Offices: Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg NEW DELHI 110002
I 323 76 17 323 3841
Eastern : l/l4 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Maniktola CALCUTTA 700054
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022
Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
337 84 99, 337 85 61 337 86 26, 337 86 62
( 60 38 43 60 20 25
I
23502 16,2350442 2351519,2352315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) MUMBAI 400093
8329295,8327858 832.1891,8327892
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR. PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
Pnntcd at New India Printing Press, Khurja, India
Recommended